260429.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Wednesday, April 29, 2026, Vol. 30, No. 119

                            Headlines

1624 U STREET: Case Summary & 13 Unsecured Creditors
1701 BINGLE: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until May 14
1992 THIRD: Seeks to Hire Nossaman LLP as Litigation Counsel
307 COLLISION: Unsecureds to Get Share of Income for 3 Years
ABERCROMBIE & KENT: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable

ALLSTAR PROPERTIES: To Employ Iron Auction Group as Vehicle Broker
ANOINTED TOUCH: Taps Madisons Accounting as Accountant
ARBORICULTURAL SOLUTIONS: To Hire Bachecki Crom as Accountant
ARMAAN TRUCKING: Unsecureds to Get $3K per Month over 5 Years
ART-OF-FORM ARCHITECTS: Retains Maltz Auctions Inc. as Broker

ARTELLA SOLUTIONS: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to May 15
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE: Subsidiary RAD Receives 16-Unit ROSA Order
ASSET ROOFING: Wins Final Cash Collateral Access
BELL ROAD: Seeks Approval to Hire McClain Law Group as Counsel
BIO-KEY INTERNATIONAL: Holders Approve Reverse Stock Split Plan

BLIZE HEALTHCARE: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
BOUND LOGISTICS: Deadline for Panel Questionnaires Set for May 4
BROWNIE'S MARINE: 2025 Net Loss Narrows to $105K
BUMBLE INC: S&P Withdraws 'B+' Issuer Credit Rating
CBCG ENTERPRISES: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors

CHRISTMAN CABLE: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
CITIUS PHARMACEUTICALS: Closes $5 Million Direct Offering
CLEARWATER PAPER: Moody's Cuts CFR to B1, Outlook Negative
CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC: Moody's Cuts CFR to B1, Outlook Stable
COHERENT CORP: S&P Raises ICR to 'BB', Alters Outlook to Positive

COLOR CODE: Seeks to Hire Teal Becker & Chiaramonte as Accountant
COMMUNITY AUTOMOTIVE: Seeks Final Approval to Use Cash Collateral
CONNECT FINCO: Fitch Hikes Rating on Sr. Secured Debt to 'BB+'
CRAFT PUTT: Seeks Interim Cash Collateral Access
CUENTAS INC: 2025 Net Loss Narrows to $1.57 Million

DC CABLE: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral
DEALER TIRE: S&P Alters Outlook to Negative, Affirms 'B-' ICR
DEQSER LLC: Court Won't Convert to Chapter 7 nor Appoint Examiner
DIEBOLD NIXDORF: Fitch Assigns 'BB-' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
DKC ENTERPRISES: Amends First Internet Secured Claim Pay

DLIGHT REFINERS: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
DS ADMIRAL: Moody's Ups CFR to B2, OUtlook Stable
ELITE EQUIPMENT: Unsecureds to Get Share of Creditors' Trust
ENVUE MEDICAL: Christian Michael Glibert Holds 6.5% Equity Stake
ER OF TEXAS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral

EVONA LLC: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
FIRSTCASH INC: S&P Rates New $600MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB'
FLOURISH RESTAURANTS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
FLOURISH RESTAURANTS: Hires PB&J Strategic Accounting as Accountant
GENERIC MANUFACTURING: Seeks to Tap Michael Jay Berger as Counsel

GUNTER LAND: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
HEXCEL CORP: S&P Rates Proposed $400MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB+'
HONEY DO: Court Says 3-Year Payment Term to Burden Creditors
HYPERION MATERIALS: S&P Rates Proposed First-Lien Term Loan 'B-'
HYSE INDUSTRIES: Seeks to Tap Iwama Law Firm as Legal Counsel

IN DUE SEASON: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
INDITEX VENTURES: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
INTERACTIVE GOVERNMENT: Case Summary & Seven Unsecured Creditors
JOHN KNOX: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' IDR, Outlook Stable
KB3 2275: To Employ Perez & Associates as Real Estate Appraiser

LA GEOTHERMAL: Unsecured Creditors to Split $45K over 60 Months
LBM ACQUISITION: Fitch Lowers LongTerm IDR to B-, Outlook Negative
LIFE STRIDE: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
LSF 12 PILLAR: S&P Assigns Preliminary 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
MAPLE BEAR: Seeks to Hire Law Offices of Mickler as Legal Counsel

MAPLE TREE: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
MILE HIGH: Seeks Court Approval to Hire Wadsworth Garber as Counsel
MSCI INVESTMENTS: Seeks to Hire Lindauer & Vaughn as Counsel
NORTHSTAR GROUP: S&P Affirms 'B' ICR, Outlook Stable
NUWELLIS INC: To Pay E.F. Hutton $204,000 to Settle Suit

OFFICE PROPERTIES: Court Confirms Chapter 11 Reorganization Plan
ONYX BUSINESS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
OXFORD FINANCE: S&P Rates New $500MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'B'
PAUL J. MASSEY: Gets OK to Employ Compass Greater NY as Broker
PITTS AVE: To Employ McClain Law Group as Legal Counsel

PPL CORP: Unit Incurred $8MM in Remediation Costs for Sites at Q4
PR RNO PROPERTY: S&P Assigns (P) 'BB' Rating on Sr. Secured Notes
PREMIER DATACOM: Court Sets May 18 Administrative Expense Bar Date
QVC GROUP: Court Stays Kramer Case vs HSN Due to Bankruptcy
QVC GROUP: Court Stays Lascala Case Due to Bankruptcy

QVC GROUP: Plan Confirmation Hearing Scheduled for May 26
QWEST CORP: S&P Assigns 'B' Rating on Senior Unsecured Notes
RSKT HOLDING: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
RYERSON HOLDING: Fitch Affirms 'BB' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
SAKS GLOBAL: Retains Ernst & Young as Valuation Services Provider

SEALED AIR: Moody's Withdraws 'Ba1' CFR Following CD&R Deal
SONOMA PHARMACEUTICALS: Signs Kenvue Supply Agreement
SQA MAHADEV: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until June 10
START TO FINISH: Taps Cunningham Chernicoff & Warshawsky as Counsel
SUPERNOVA MANAGEMENT: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral

TASTE OF BELGIUM: Employs Howard Nunn & Bloom as CPA
TEAM SERVICES: Fitch Rates 1st Lien Instruments 'B'
TEMSCO INC: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
TEMSCO INC: Seeks Approval to Hire Lindauer & Vaughn as Counsel
TRIPLE STICKS: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral

TRM NRE: Deadline for Panel Questionnaires Set for May 1
TROYZ TOWING: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
VANDERBILT MINERALS: Can't Retain Jones Day as Bankruptcy Counsel
VC GB HOLDINGS: S&P Affirms 'B' ICR, Outlook Negative
VISTAGEN THERAPEUTICS: Grants Retention Options to Employees, Execs

WABNO HOSPITALITIES: Wins Interim Cash Collateral Access
WIDEOPENWEST FINANCE: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR, Outlook Negative

                            *********

1624 U STREET: Case Summary & 13 Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: 1624 U Street, LLC
          d/b/a El Secreto De Rosita
          TA Chi Cha Lounge
        1624 U Street, NW
        Washington, DC 20009

        Business Description: 1624 U Street, LLC, doing business as
El Secreto De Rosita, operates a Peruvian and Latin American
restaurant and bar in Washington, D.C. The company offers dine-in,
takeout, delivery, private dining and catering services, with a
menu that includes ceviche, lomo saltado, arroz chaufa, seafood
dishes, brunch and dinner items.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: April 24, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Columbia

Case No.: 26-00215

Judge: Hon. Elizabeth L. Gunn

Debtor's Counsel: Craig M. Palik, Esq.
                  MCNAMEE HOSEA, P.A.
                  6404 Ivy Lane, Suite 820
                  Greenbelt, MD 20770
                  Tel: (301) 441-2420
                  Fax: (301) 982-9450
                  E-mail: cpalik@mhlawyers.com

Total Assets: $3,697,585

Total Liabilities: $2,341,034

The petition was signed by Alfredo M. Fraga as owner.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 13 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/P74XLCA/1624_U_Street_LLC__dcbke-26-00215__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


1701 BINGLE: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until May 14
----------------------------------------------------------------
1701 Bingle, LLC received interim approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, to use
cash collateral.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral through May 14 to pay operating expenses in accordance
with an approved budget, subject to a variance of 15%.

The Debtor must pay secured lenders -- Fair Road Properties, Landco
Investments, Inc., Safra Properties, Inc., and Sheffield Properties
-- each month before any operating expenses; only remaining funds
may be used for other budgeted expenses. Excess funds may be used
for other budgeted operating expenses only after secured lenders
are paid.

As protection, the lenders will be granted valid, perfected
replacement liens on all current and future cash and cash
collateral, with the same priority as their pre-bankruptcy liens.

The interim order is available at https://is.gd/KXsotg from
PacerMonitor.com.

A final hearing is scheduled for May 15.

1701 Bingle owns income-generating real estate assets and relies on
rental proceeds and related cash flows to sustain its business.

Creditors including the secured lenders are expected to assert
security interests in the Debtor's cash collateral, primarily
arising from liens on the properties and assignments of rents. The
total amount of claimed secured debt exceeds $1.31 million. The
Debtor disputes the validity, extent, and enforceability of these
liens and reserves the right to challenge them but acknowledges
that these creditors may have priority claims to certain cash
proceeds.

The Debtor commits not to sell or dispose of collateral without
court approval.

                       About 1701 Bingle LLC

1701 Bingle, LLC is a limited liability company engaged in real
estate ownership and property investment activities.

1701 Bingle sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 26-32479) on April
9, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reported assets of between $10
million and $50 million and liabilities of between $1 million and
$10 million.

Judge Jeffrey P. Norman handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Vicky M. Fealy, Esq. of Fealy Law
Firm, PC.


1992 THIRD: Seeks to Hire Nossaman LLP as Litigation Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
1992 Third Realty LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of New York to hire Nossaman LLP to serve
as special litigation counsel.

Nossaman LLP will serve as special litigation counsel in connection
with all legal issues and matters relating to the Litigation.

The firm will receive compensation based upon the time expended to
render such services, with hourly billing rates of $800, $590 and
$390. The firm may also seek reimbursement of expenses including,
but not limited to, appellate printing, photocopying, messenger
services, overnight delivery services, postage, long distance
telephone charges, stenographic services, expert and mediator fees,
computerized legal research and filing fees.

Nossaman requested a $10,000 professional retainer, which shall be
applied as a credit toward post-petition fees and expenses upon
court approval.

Nossaman LLP is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Sections 101(14) and 327 of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

  Carol A. Sigmond, Esq.
  NOSSAMAN LLP
  12 East 49th Street, 22nd Floor
  New York, NY 10017
  Telephone: (212) 931-7250
  E-mail: csigmond@nossaman.com

                   About 1992 Third Realty LLC

1992 Third Realty LLC owns and leases a mixed-use property at 1992
Third Avenue in New York, NY, featuring 16 residential units and a
single commercial unit, operating within the real estate sector.

1992 Third Realty LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No.
26-10283) on February 12, 2026, listing $11,540,900 in assets and
$4,536,741 in liabilities. The petition was signed by Courtney H.
Kim as managing member.

Judge Martin Glenn presides over the case.

Douglas Pick, Esq. at PICK & ZABICKI LLP presides over the case.


307 COLLISION: Unsecureds to Get Share of Income for 3 Years
------------------------------------------------------------
307 Collision Center, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Wyoming a Subchapter V Plan of Reorganization
dated April 17, 2026.

Since 2015 307 COLLISION has engaged in the business of automobile
body repair, with its operations located in Casper, Wyoming.

With the onset of the Covid 19 pandemic in 2020, Debtor's business
suffered a significant decline in revenue. Although debtor was able
to maintain its operations, it did so through an emergency disaster
relief loan from the United States Small Business Administration
(SBA) in 2021. In 2023 and 2024, debtor also obtained loans from
various merchant cash advance lenders ("MCA Lenders"). Debtor's
debt service payments became high compared to its gross revenue.

The Debtor sought a voluntary workout through a debt relief
company, but those efforts were only partially successful. In
September 2025 ODK Capital LLC, doing business as OnDeck Lending,
filed suit against the debtor in state court in Utah, ODK Capital
LLC v. 307 Collision Cener, Inc., Case No. 259923680 (3rd Dist.
Utah 2025) (the "ODK Capital Action"). In order to prevent the ODK
Capital Action from resulting in a judgment that could force
closure of the business, debtor sought bankruptcy protection under
subchapter V of chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Debtor seeks confirmation of this Plan pursuant to section
1191(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. With certain limited exceptions,
the Plan proposes to pay creditors from its projected disposable
income from operations to be received by 307 COLLISION in the
3-year period beginning on the Effective Date; provided, however,
that secured creditor ODK Capital, LLC will be paid over a
four-year period, secured creditor Ally Bank will be paid over a
period of fifty-six months and the priority tax claim of the
Wyoming Department of Revenue will be paid over a period of
forty-eight months.

Class 4 consists of General Unsecured Claims. Except to the extent
that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees in
writing to less favorable treatment, in full and final
satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in
exchange for, each Allowed General Unsecured Claim, Class 4 Holders
of Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall receive 307 COLLISION's
Projected Disposable Income for a three-year period. This class
includes otherwise secured creditors to the extent that their
claims are undersecured, such as the unsecured portion of ODK
Capital LLC's claim, Ally Bank's deficiency claim as well as the
entire claims of the SBA, Samson and Simply Funding. 307 Collision
will pay these creditors pro rata one hundred percent of its
Projected Disposable Income, an aggregate payment of .16,164, or
$449 per month.

Class 4 Claims shall be paid on a Pro Rata basis in quarterly
installments beginning on the 30th of the month following each
calendar quarter after the Effective Date, provided, however, that
for administrative convenience 307 COLLISION may, at its option,
pay any single creditor whose total payments under this class over
the life of the plan would be less than $750 on a lump sum basis
within six months of the Effective Date. Class 4 is impaired.

Class 5 includes the Equity Interests of 307 COLLISION, which
interests are unimpaired by the Plan. Upon confirmation of the
Plan, the sole member of 307 COLLISION, Joseph Anton, shall
continue to maintain his identical ownership interests in 307
COLLISION.

When the Plan provides for payment in quarterly installments, the
installment payment shall be due thirty days after the last day of
the prior quarter, unless otherwise specified in the Plan. The
Reorganized Debtor shall make payments of its Projected Disposable
Income to the Unsecured Creditor Account. The Reorganized Debtor
shall then have a thirty-day grace period within which the payment
must be received by the payee before the Reorganized Debtor shall
be in default unless a longer period is specified elsewhere in the
Plan.

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan dated April 17, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=kp6ncv from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

    Clark Stith, Esq.
    505 Broadway
    Rock Springs, WY 82901
    Telephone: (307) 382-5565
    Facsimile: (307) 382-5552
    E-mail: clarkstith@yahoo.com

                    About 307 Collision Center Inc.

307 Collision Center, Inc., has engaged in the business of
automobile body repair, with its operations located in Casper,
Wyoming since 2015.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Wyo. Case No. 26-20025) on Jan. 21, 2026.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$100,001 and $500,000 and liabilities of between $500,001 and $1
million.

Judge Cathleen D. Parker oversees the case.

Clark Stith is Debtor's legal counsel.


ABERCROMBIE & KENT: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issuer credit rating to luxury
travel operator Abercrombie & Kent Travel Group (AKTG).

S&P said, "At the same time, we assigned our 'BB-' issue-level
rating and '2' recovery rating to the proposed senior unsecured
facility. The '2' recovery rating indicates our expectation for
substantial (70%-90%; rounded estimate: 70%) recovery for lenders
in the event of a payment default.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that AKTG's advanced
bookings and improving occupancy levels will support healthy
revenue and EBITDA trends such that leverage declines to the
high-4x area by the end of 2026. We also expect EBITDA interest
coverage in the high-2x area through 2026."

AKTG has a strong market position in luxury touring and ocean
cruises. This stems from its brand and track record, good revenue
visibility from long booking windows, and affluent customer base
that's relatively resilient to economic cycles. The 'B+' rating
reflects the company's strong brand recognition and niche position
in the luxury travel segment, limited scale compared to peers, and
operational susceptibility to macroeconomic and geopolitical risks.
S&P also expect the company to maintain a disciplined financial
policy, resulting in S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA
remaining below 5x, even with planned debt increases for future
ship deliveries.

The company operates under two segments: Journeys and Ocean
Cruises. The Journeys segment consists of four adventure touring
brands: Abercrombie & Kent, Cox & Kings, A&K Sanctuary, and
Ecoventura. This segment currently contributes the majority of
revenue and profitability, with margins in the low- to mid-teens
percent area, which is in line with that of other travel agent
peers. Meanwhile, the company's Ocean Cruise segment consists of
its luxury-focused Crystal Cruise brand. This segment has a small
scale in terms of ships and itineraries compared with large cruise
operators. AKTG acquired the Crystal brand and two ships in 2022,
refurbished the vessels, and re-launched the brand in 2023. This
has resulted in Ocean Cruise margins being below those of
established cruise peers, albeit expected to improve over time. The
company plans to add three more newly built vessels to be delivered
through 2034, which will meaningfully improve revenue and
profitability diversification over time with expanded occupancy and
itineraries.

S&P said, "We expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted gross leverage to
improve to the high-4x area in 2026 and the mid-3x area in 2027
from 5.6x in 2025, supported by strong EBITDA growth. We expect
EBITDA growth from positive secular trends in luxury travel,
expanded itineraries, improved occupancy following the
refurbishment of its existing two vessels, and technological
enhancements to its platform. While a planned debt-funded vessel
delivery beginning in 2028 will increase leverage back to the
high-4x area, these investments are integral to AKTG's long-term
growth strategy for additional passenger capacity. Excluding
elevated capital expenditures for new vessels in 2026 and 2028, we
expect the company to generate positive free cash flow. These
vessels will be delivered in 2028, 2031, and 2034. Furthermore, we
forecast EBITDA interest coverage of 3x-4x over the next 12-24
months.

"Macroeconomic risks could impair AKTG's profitability recovery.
According to S&P Global economists, the Middle East war, which has
caused the largest energy supply shock on record, has put a
material dent in our 2026 global outlook. Our baseline assumes
moderately lower growth and materially high inflation, though risks
depend critically on the duration of the conflict, which could
result in a broad-based global slowdown. We forecast 2.2% GDP
growth for the U.S. in 2026, followed by an average of 1.9% in
2027–2029. Meanwhile in Europe, the Middle East war has disrupted
the region's recovery, pushing up inflation and weighing on growth
prospects. If the oil price shock proves more severe and longer
lasting than our current baseline, inflation could top 5% in
May/June, tipping the economy into a technical recession midyear."

If economic conditions weaken from a prolonged energy shock, demand
for luxury journeys and cruise bookings could decline due to stock
market volatility hurting its affluent target customer demographic
and leading them to reduce their discretionary spending on travel.
Sustained higher fuel costs can also hurt profitability. This could
slow leverage improvement, especially if costs remain elevated
because of persistent inflation. In addition, an escalation in
geopolitical conflicts could lead to increased cancellations for
some itineraries if consumers avoid traveling to affected regions.
Given AKTG's small scale, elevated cancellations from regional
conflicts can affect its operating performance more significantly
than that of larger, more diversified peers in the travel industry.
Still, AKTG's long booking window provides good revenue visibility,
and its more affluent customers might be less affected by a weaker
macroeconomic backdrop than other customer segments.

AKTG is susceptible to geopolitical risks. The company operates
tours in geographic regions including the Middle East, Sub Saharan
Africa, and developing Asia that may be at greater risk of facing
challenged business conditions due to political turmoil, armed
conflict, health scares, safety concerns, etc. Traveler demand can
diminish significantly for regions that are viewed as unsafe or
unstable. Somewhat mitigating this risk is the company's geographic
diversification, which also includes the world's largest network of
destination management companies, and the propensity of consumers
to shift demand away from troubled regions rather than cancelling
travel altogether. The AKTG journeys destination portfolio is well
diversified across 100 countries, with the Asia, Sub-Saharan
Africa, Europe, and the Americas regions each contributing about
20%. Less likely, but far more damaging to the company's
operations, would be a global event similar to the COVID-19
pandemic or 9/11 terrorist attacks. The aftermath of an
unpredictable event of this nature could stymie leisure travel for
years, particularly in the less-developed regions in which AKTG
operates.

AKTG is subject to the cyclicality of the leisure industry. As a
travel operator, AKTG is subject to the high degree of cyclicality
in the leisure industry. Healthy consumer discretionary spending
for travel is predicated on a strong macroeconomic backdrop, and
consumers can easily defer or diminish travel spending. Potentially
mitigating this risk factor is AKTG's strategy of targeting high-
and ultra-high net worth consumers, who may make spending decisions
that are less dependent on macroeconomic conditions. In addition,
the company is currently asset light and has a highly variable-cost
structure with significant performance visibility from long booking
lead times. This should allow it to more easily navigate
temporarily weakened customer demand. However, as the company's
business mix shifts more toward ocean cruise itineraries over the
short to medium term, S&P believes its operating efficiency is
limited by the capital-intensive nature of its vessels and fixed
operating costs. Although the company has some flexibility to
adjust its cost structure in response to weaker demand, a
significant and prolonged deterioration in business conditions
would likely exert downward pressure on the rating. Over 70% of
Journeys' revenues are derived from products priced with a
cost-plus model, which helps to mitigate cash-flow volatility.

AKTG's strong brand, wealthy and loyal customer base, and long
track record provide competitive advantages. Its strong brand in
the luxury leisure space provides a competitive advantage over its
peers. The company's brand equity can be leveraged to target high-
and ultra-high net worth consumers in the U.S., U.K., and other
wealthy markets, who have historically exhibited strong loyalty to
AKTG, as demonstrated through high rates of repeat booking. The
company began offering tours in Kenya in 1962 and has demonstrated
a long track record of operating a variety of tours all over the
globe in the years since. S&P believes AKTG's track record is vital
to its success given the high and ultra-high net worth customers it
targets and provides an advantage over less-pedigreed competitors.
In the event AKTG's brand was damaged by adverse publicity due to a
mishap on one of its tours, S&P believes that its competitive
advantage would be severely affected.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that AKTG's
advanced bookings and improving occupancy levels will support
healthy revenue and EBITDA trends such that leverage declines to
the high-4x area by the end of 2026. We also expect EBITDA interest
coverage in the high-2x area through 2026.

"We could lower our rating on AKTG if adjusted debt to EBITDA
exceeds 5x or EBITDA interest coverage declines to less than 2x.
This could occur if the company underperforms our base-case
assumptions due to a material pullback in consumer spending and
demand for luxury travel due to a macroeconomic slowdown or
escalating geopolitical conflicts, increased competitive pressures,
or additional leveraging transactions.

"We could raise our rating on AKTG if we believe its revenue and
EBITDA will support sustained S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage
of less than 4x, after incorporating its future ship deliveries and
other possible growth investments. This could occur if AKTG is able
to achieve further occupancy improvement and profitability growth
than we assume in our base-case forecast."


ALLSTAR PROPERTIES: To Employ Iron Auction Group as Vehicle Broker
------------------------------------------------------------------
Allstar Properties, LLC and its affiliates seek approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Georgia to hire
Iron Auction Group, LLC as a broker to sell certain vehicles owned
by the Debtor.

Iron Auction Group, LLC will provide these services:

(a) sell certain vehicles owned by ASP;

(b) serve as a broker to sell the Vehicles;

(c) market for sale the Vehicles for private sale; and

(d) possibly testify at any hearing to approve the sale of the
Vehicles, including testifying as an expert at any deposition,
hearing or trial.

Iron Auction Group, LLC will receive $125 per hour for Samuel V.
Ingram, including preparation time, and 10% of the proceeds of the
sale as a commission. The commission shall be payable only after
notice and an opportunity to object following each Notice of
Vehicle by Private Sale, and subject to Court approval.

Iron Auction Group, LLC is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court filings, as it
has no connection with the Debtor, creditors, or other parties in
interest and does not hold interests adverse to the Estate, except
for prior work with affiliates.

The firm can be reached at:

Samuel V. Ingram
IRON AUCTION GROUP, LLC
669 Marina Drive
Charleston, SC 29492

                            About Allstar Properties LLC

Allstar Properties LLC and affiliates are Georgia-based real estate
companies that hold and manage property assets. The Allstar
entities focus on property ownership, while ACH Rental Properties
provides property management and rental services. Collectively,
they operate within the real estate sector across residential and
nonresidential properties in the state.

Allstar Properties LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-41314) on August 31,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $10 million and $50 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Barbara Ellis-Monro handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anna Humnicky, Esq. at SMALL HERRIN,
LLP.



ANOINTED TOUCH: Taps Madisons Accounting as Accountant
------------------------------------------------------
Anointed Touch Residential Services LLC seeks approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Indiana to hire
Madisons Accounting and Tax Service LLC to serve as accountant.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) account review;

(b) amended return review;

(c) preparation and filing, if necessary, to Debtor's 2023 and
2024 Federal and State income tax returns;

(d) preparation of Debtor's 2025 Federal and State income tax
returns and all supporting forms and schedules; and

(e) preparation of future Federal and State income tax returns
coming due during the duration of this case.

Madisons Accounting and Tax Service will be paid no more than
$5,400 for its services.

Madisons Accounting and Tax Service LLC is a "disinterested person"
and does not have an adverse relationship to this case, according
to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Madisons Accounting and Tax Service LLC
415 Armour Dr NE Suite 3302
Atlanta, GA 30324
Telephone: (470) 665-5303

                        About Anointed Touch Residential Services
LLC

Anointed Touch Residential Services, LLC sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ind. Case No.
26-00922) on February 24, 2026. In the petition signed by Ayries
Nachelle Bledsoe, sole member, the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000
in assets and up to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge James M. Carr oversees the case.

Jacob Troxell, Esq., at Allen Wellman Harvey Keyes Cooley, LLP,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.



ARBORICULTURAL SOLUTIONS: To Hire Bachecki Crom as Accountant
-------------------------------------------------------------
Arboricultural Solutions, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California to hire
Bachecki, Crom & Co., LLP to serve as accountant.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) prepare monthly operating reports;

(b) prepare and file tax returns;

(c) perform tax analysis;

(d) analyze tax claims filed in this case;

(e) analyze the tax impact of potential transactions;

(f) serve as Debtor's general accountant; and

(g) consult with the Debtor and the Debtor's counsel.

Bachecki, Crom & Co., LLP will receive these hourly rates: $425 to
$650 for Partners & Senior Advisor; $375 to $490 for Senior
Accountant; and $140 to $370 for Junior Accountant.

Bachecki, Crom & Co., LLP is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code and does not hold
or represent any interest adverse to the Debtor, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Bachecki, Crom & Co., LLP
400 Oyster Point Blvd #106, South
San Francisco, CA 94080
Telephone: (415) 398-3534

                                  About Arboricultural Solutions,
Inc.

Arboricultural Solutions, Inc. dba Signature Tree Solutions, filed
a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No.
26-10066) on Feb 04, 2026. At the time of the filing, Debtor had
estimated assets of between $1,000,001 and $10 million and
liabilities of between $1,000,001 and $10 million.

Judge William J. Lafferty oversees the case.

The Debtor hires David Nyle Chandler P.C. as counsel.


ARMAAN TRUCKING: Unsecureds to Get $3K per Month over 5 Years
-------------------------------------------------------------
Armaan Trucking LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization dated April 17,
2026.

The Debtor operates a trucking business in North Texas. The primary
cause for the filing of this bankruptcy case was a lack of cash
flow attributable to industry wide challenges within the trucking
and transportation sector.

The Plan provides for a reorganization and restructuring of the
Debtor's financial obligations.

The Plan provides for a distribution to Creditors in accordance
with the terms of the Plan from the Debtor over the course of five
years from the Debtor's continued business operations.

Class 3 consists of Non-priority unsecured claims. Each holder of
an Allowed Unsecured Claim in Class 3 shall be paid by the
Reorganized Debtor from an unsecured creditor pool, which pool
shall be funded at the rate of $3,000.00 per month commencing the
first full month after the effective date. Payments from the
unsecured creditor pool shall be paid quarterly, for a period not
to exceed five years (20 quarterly payments) and the first
quarterly payment will be due on the 20th day of each complete
pot-petition quarter.

The Debtor estimates the aggregate of all Allowed Class 3 Claims,
including deficiency claims of $275,202.62, is approximately
$310,000.00 based upon the Debtor's review of the Court's claim
register, the Debtor's bankruptcy schedules, and anticipated
deficiency claims and claim objections.

Class 4 consists of the holders of Allowed Interests in the Debtor.
The holder of an Allowed Class 4 Interest shall retain their
interests in the Reorganized Debtor.

The Debtor proposes to implement and consummate this Plan through
the means contemplated by Sections 1123 and 1145(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code.  

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated April 17, 2026
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=UfDDql from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

   Robert T. DeMarco, Esq.
   Michael S. Mitchell, Esq.
   DeMarco-Mitchell, PLLC
   12770 Coit Road, Suite 850
   Dallas, TX 75251
   Telephone: (972) 991-5591
   Facsimile: (972) 346-6791
   E-mail: robert@demarcomitchell.com
           mike@demarcomitchell.com

                    About Armaan Trucking LLC

Armaan Trucking, LLC operates as a trucking and freight
transportation company in Fort Worth, Texas, serving commercial
clients.

Armaan Trucking filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-40229) on January 17, 2026.
In its petition, the Debtor reported estimated assets between $1
million and $10 million and estimated liabilities in the same
range.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Mark X. Mullin handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Robert Thomas DeMarco, Esq.


ART-OF-FORM ARCHITECTS: Retains Maltz Auctions Inc. as Broker
-------------------------------------------------------------
Art-of-Form Architects, P.C. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of New York to retain
Maltz Auctions Inc. as broker.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) create a marketing program for the Real Property that may
include, but not be limited to, direct telephone solicitation;
direct mail solicitation; distribution of informational brochures;
placement of signs directing phone inquiries to maltz; web-based
advertising on www.maltzauctions.com; direct e-mail notifications;
social media marketing; web-based advertising on auction and real
estate websites; and print advertising in publications deemed
appropriate;

(b) provide interested buyers with a due diligence package ;

(c) prepare marketing brochures and other similar sales
materials;

(d) (i) consult with the Debtor on strategy and tactics; (ii)
identify, contact, screen, and introduce prospective purchasers;
(iii) draft and convey information to prospective purchasers; (iv)
coordinate bidding procedures; (v) supervise and/or participate in
due diligence investigations; and (vi) negotiate on behalf of the
Debtor; and

(e) utilize marketing and labor budget and prepare advertisements,
signs, brochures, mailing lists, and mailings.

Maltz Auctions Inc. will receive a 5% percent buyer's premium on
the high bid as its sole compensation, and a reduced 2% percent
buyer's premium applies if DD Notes LLC is the successful bidder.

Maltz Auctions Inc. is a "disinterested person" within the meaning
of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Maltz Auctions Inc.
39 Windsor Place
Central Islip, NY 11722

                                      About Art-Of-Form Architects,
P.C.

Art-Of-Form Architects, P.C., filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy
petition (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 8-24-71703-ast) on May 2, 2024,
disclosing under $1 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Alan S. Trust presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by Macco & Corey, P.C.


ARTELLA SOLUTIONS: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to May 15
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Artella Solutions, Inc. received third interim approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston
Division, to use cash collateral.

Under the third interim order, the Debtor is permitted to use cash
collateral in line with an approved budget, subject to a 10%
variance, on a rolling basis until the final hearing. The use of
funds must also remain consistent with the terms of a separate DIP
financing order with Pulse Layer, Inc., and in case of conflict,
the DIP order governs.

The Debtor projects total operational expenses of $169,453 for week
1; $254,262 for week 2; $163,711 for week 3; and $153,525 for week
4.

As adequate protection, the U.S. Small Business Administration and
other secured creditors will be granted replacement liens on
post-petition assets, maintaining their pre-petition priority.
However, these liens are subordinate to the DIP lender's senior
liens, and certain assets such as avoidance actions and DIP
collateral are excluded from the replacement liens.

The order also requires the Debtor to remain current on taxes,
maintain insurance, and file monthly operating reports. All
creditor rights are preserved, including the ability to seek
modifications or object to improper use of funds.

A final hearing is scheduled for May 15.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/RhSBI from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Artella Solutions Inc.

Artella Solutions, Inc provides remote patient monitoring solutions
focused on cardiac rhythm management. It is a Texas corporation and
a wholly owned subsidiary of CorMedica Group, Inc.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-31092) on February
19, 2026). In the petition signed by Patrick Magill, president, the
Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Jeffrey P. Norman oversees the case.

Melissa A. Haselden, Esq., at Haselden Farrow, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE: Subsidiary RAD Receives 16-Unit ROSA Order
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Artificial Intelligence Technology Solutions Inc. said April 24,
2026, that subsidiary Robotic Assistance Devices received an order
for 16 ROSA units for three construction sites in the Southeastern
United States.

The order, placed by a new direct client, is expected to add about
$13,500 in monthly recurring revenue and $162,000 in annual
recurring revenue once fully deployed.

Each ROSA unit will be licensed with SARA, the company's Speaking
Autonomous Responsive Agent. RAD said the systems are designed to
provide continuous monitoring, immediate engagement and documented
activity at construction sites.

Troy McCanna, chief revenue officer and chief security officer at
RAD, said construction remains one of the company's most active
markets because projects often require coverage across large and
changing sites.

Steve Reinharz, CEO, CTO and founder of AITX and RAD, said the
order reflects the company's focus on recurring revenue growth
through multiunit deployments.

ROSA is a compact, self-contained security and communication device
that can be installed and activated in about 15 minutes, according
to the company. Its features include human, firearm and vehicle
detection, license plate recognition, responsive digital signage,
audio messaging, two-way communication and integration with RAD's
software suite.

              About Artificial Intelligence Technology

Artificial Intelligence Technology Solutions Inc. develops
artificial intelligence-based security, automation and operational
workflow systems through its subsidiaries, including Robotic
Assistance Devices Inc. The company is based in Detroit, Michigan,
and serves industries including enterprise, government,
transportation, critical infrastructure, education and health
care.

In a May 29, 2025 audit report, LJ Soldinger Associates, LLC
included a going-concern qualification after noting that the
Company reported about $12.2 million in negative operating cash
flow, an accumulated deficit of about $156.5 million and negative
working capital of about $2.5 million as of and for the year ended
Feb. 28, 2025, conditions that raised substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue operating.

As of Sept. 30, 2025, the Company had $9.63 million in total
assets, $58.33 million in total liabilities, $876,968 in series B
convertible, redeemable preferred stock, and a total stockholders'
deficit of $49.58 million.

For the nine months ended Nov. 30, 2025, the Company used $7.45
million in cash for operating activities. As of that date, it had
an accumulated deficit of $165.1 million and a working capital
deficit of $14.0 million. Management said it does not expect the
Company to generate positive operating cash flow in the near term.


ASSET ROOFING: Wins Final Cash Collateral Access
------------------------------------------------
The United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of
Washington granted Asset Roofing Company, LLC authorization to use
cash collateral on a final basis.

Under the final order, the Debtor is permitted to use cash
collateral strictly in accordance with an approved budget, with
limited flexibility. It may exceed individual budget line items by
up to 15% and overall expenditures by up to 10%. Any use outside
the budget or Bankruptcy Code is prohibited unless further court
approval is obtained. The budget may also be amended with lender
and U.S. Trustee consent or by court order.

As adequate protection, the secured lender will be granted
replacement liens on post-petition assets, maintaining the same
priority as prepetition liens, excluding avoidance actions. These
liens are automatically perfected without further filings and are
limited to the extent of cash collateral used or any decline in
collateral value.

The Debtor must also maintain insurance on its assets and provide
monthly financial reports, including profit and loss statements and
accounts receivable aging reports.

Additionally, the Debtor must make monthly adequate protection
payments of $4,000. A carveout protects payment of professional
fees and U.S. Trustee fees.

The order preserves the secured lender's rights and remedies, binds
all parties, and remains effective immediately upon entry, with the
Court retaining jurisdiction over all related matters.

            About Asset Roofing Company, LLC

Asset Roofing Company, LLC, doing business as Asset Roofing and
Gutters, installs, repairs, replaces, and maintains roofs for
residential, commercial, and multi-family properties in Snohomish,
Washington, and nearby areas in Washington state. It also provides
gutter installation, roof and attic inspections, roof certification
services, and maintenance plans for landlords and property
managers.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Wash. Case No. 26-00489) on March 19,
2026. In the petition signed by Anthony Langdon, chief executive
officer, the Debtor disclosed $313,384 in total assets and
$4,385,280 in total liabilities.

Jason Wax, Esq., at BUSH KORNFELD LLP, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


BELL ROAD: Seeks Approval to Hire McClain Law Group as Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------------
Bell Road Self Storage, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Kentucky to hire McClain Law
Group, PLLC to serve as legal counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) give legal advice with respect to Debtor's powers and duties
as debtor in possession in the continued operations and management
of her property;

(b) take all necessary action to protect and preserve Debtor's
estate, including the prosecution of actions on behalf of Debtor,
the defense of any actions commenced against Debtor, negotiations
concerning all litigation in which Debtor is involved, if any, and
objecting to claims filed against Debtor's estate;

(c) prepare on behalf of Debtor, as debtor in possession, all
necessary motions, answers, orders, reports and other legal papers
in connection with the administration of Debtor's estate herein;
and

(d) perform any and all other legal services for Debtor, as debtor
in possession, in connection with this Chapter 11 case and the
formulation and implementation of Debtor's Chapter 11 Plan.

McClain Law Group, PLLC received a retainer in the sum of $7,863.00
as a pre-petition retainer. Of the $7,863.00 received, $1,738.00
has been utilized for the Chapter 11 filing fee, $2,030.00 has been
applied to prepetition attorney fees incurred in preparation for
filing the case, and the balance of $4,095.00 is being held in
trust to apply to fees anticipated to be incurred in the future.

No promises have been received regarding compensation other than in
accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, and there is
no agreement to share compensation.

McClain Law Group, PLLC is a "disinterested person" as defined by
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

   Michael W. McClain, Esq.
   MCCLAIN LAW GROUP, PLLC
   6008 Brownsboro Boulevard, Ste. G
   Louisville, KY 40207
   Telephone: (502) 589-1004
   Facsimile: (888) 210-0145
   E-mail: mmcclain@mcclainlawgroup.com

                                    About Bell Road Self Storage,
LLC

Bell Road Self Storage, LLC is a single-asset real estate company
whose primary asset consists of property located at 1488 Bell Road,
Nashville, TN 37211, with an estimated value of $7.23 million.

Bell Road Self Storage sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Ky. Case No. 1:26-bk-10377) on April
23, 2026.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$1,000,001 to $10 million and liabilities of between $1,000,001 to
$10 million.

McClain Law Group, PLLC is Debtor's legal counsel.


BIO-KEY INTERNATIONAL: Holders Approve Reverse Stock Split Plan
---------------------------------------------------------------
BIO-key International Inc. stockholders approved a proposal April
20 allowing the company's board to pursue a reverse stock split at
a ratio between 1-for-2 and 1-for-10, according to a filing with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The proposal gives the board discretion to decide whether to
proceed with the reverse split, as well as the final ratio and
timing, no later than May 6, 2026.

Stockholders voted 4,209,160 shares in favor of the proposal,
1,361,166 against and 30,366 abstained. There were no broker
non-votes.

The Holmdel, New Jersey-based company said 10,849,618 shares of
common stock were outstanding and entitled to vote as of the March
9 record date. Holders of 5,600,692 shares, representing 51.62% of
outstanding common stock, attended in person or by proxy,
establishing a quorum.

                     About BIO-key International

BIO-key International Inc. is an identity and access management
company based in Holmdel, New Jersey. The company provides
multi-factor authentication, identity-as-a-service, biometric
authentication, mobile authentication and fingerprint scanner
hardware for enterprise, education and government customers. Its
products include PortalGuard, PortalGuard Identity-as-a-Service,
WEB-key and MobileAuth.

BIO-key's auditor, Bush & Associates CPA LLC, issued a going
concern qualification in an April 23, 2025, audit report. The
auditor cited substantial net losses, negative operating cash flows
in recent years and the company's dependence on debt and equity
financing to fund operations.

As of Sept. 30, 2025, BIO-key reported $10.11 million in total
assets, $4.07 million in total liabilities and $6.05 million in
total stockholders' equity.


BLIZE HEALTHCARE: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------
Blize Healthcare California, Inc. received final approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California,
Oakland Division, to use cash collateral.

Under the final order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral to fund operations through the confirmation of its
Chapter 11 plan of reorganization.

As protection, the pre-bankruptcy liens on cash collateral held by
the U.S. Small Business Administration will attach to the
receivables that the Debtor collects during the pendency of its
bankruptcy case.

SBA will also continue to receive a monthly payment of $10,000 as
additional protection.

The final order is available at https://is.gd/ZRdxEW from
PacerMonitor.com.

Blize needs continuous access to cash collateral to sustain
staffing, cover essential expenses, and preserve estate value.
Since filing for Chapter 11 protection on Dec. 18, 2025, the Debtor
has been operating under three interim cash collateral orders, with
the latest authorizing access through April 24.

SBA, the primary secured creditor, has an estimated claim of $2.13
million, secured by a UCC filing and interests in the Debtor's
assets, including accounts receivable and other business-related
property.

Operationally, the Debtor reports relatively stable performance
during the bankruptcy case, serving approximately 160 patients and
generating monthly revenue sufficient to support ongoing
operations. Recent monthly operating reports show significant
receivables and positive net income, and a patient care ombudsman
has confirmed that patient care meets applicable standards.

The Debtor leases multiple facilities in California and uses cash
collateral to fund its operations.

              About Blize Healthcare California Inc.

Blize Healthcare California, Inc. sought protection under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 25-42377)
on December 18, 2025, listing between $100,001 and $500,000 in
assets and between $1 million and $10 million in liabilities. The
petition was signed by Ukeje Elendu as chief executive officer.

Judge William J. Lafferty oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Michael Jay Berger, Esq., at the Law
Offices of Michael Jay Berger.



BOUND LOGISTICS: Deadline for Panel Questionnaires Set for May 4
----------------------------------------------------------------
The United States Trustee is soliciting members for committee of
unsecured creditors in the bankruptcy case of Bound Logistics,
LLC.
       
If a party wishes to be considered for membership on any official
committee that is appointed, it must complete a questionnaire
available at https://tinyurl.com/4shbx55y and return by email it to
Tina L. Oppelt  -- Tina.L.Oppelt@usdoj.gov –-  at the Office of
the United States Trustee so that it is received no later than May
4, 2026 at 5:00 p.m.
       
If the U.S. Trustee receives sufficient creditor interest in the
solicitation, it may schedule a meeting or telephone conference for
the purpose of forming a committee.

                    About Bound Logistics

Bound Logistics, LLC operates as an asset-based trucking and
logistics company in Union, New Jersey, providing intermodal
drayage and container transportation services between port
terminals and inland destinations, primarily serving the New York
and New Jersey port region.

Bound Logistics sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Coode (Bankr. D. N.J., Case No. 26-14399) on April 22,
2026.  In its petition, the Debtor reported estimated assets
between $1 million to $10 million and estimated liabilities between
$1 million to $10 million. The petitions were signed by Nathan
Halberstam as authorized representative of the Debtor.

The Debtor is represented by Scura Wigfield, Hyer, Stevens &
Cammarota LLP.


BROWNIE'S MARINE: 2025 Net Loss Narrows to $105K
------------------------------------------------
Brownie's Marine Group, Inc. reported a net loss of $105,149 on
$7.52 million in total net revenues for the year ended Dec. 31,
2025, compared with a net loss of $240,599 on $8.17 million in
total net revenues a year earlier, according to a Form 10-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Davie, Florida-based marine technology company had $5.22
million in total assets, $3.29 million in total liabilities and
$1.93 million in total stockholders' equity as of Dec. 31, 2025,
the filing showed.

Brownie's Marine had cash of $307,886 at year-end and a working
capital surplus of $579,074. The company also reported an
accumulated deficit of $18.03 million as of Dec. 31, 2025.

Bush and Associates CPA LLC issued a "going concern" qualification
in its audit report dated April 10, 2026. The auditor cited the
company's net loss, cash used in operating activities of
approximately $109,794 for the year and accumulated deficit as
factors that raise substantial doubt about the company's ability to
continue as a going concern.

Brownie's Marine said that if it is unable to raise additional
funds when needed, or does not have sufficient cash flows from
sales, it may be required to scale back, delay or cease operations,
liquidate assets and possibly seek bankruptcy protection. The
company added it is continuing discussions with potential sources
for additional capital, but its ability to raise capital is
somewhat limited by its revenue levels, net losses and limited
market for its common stock.

The company said net cash used in operating activities for 2025 was
primarily the result of a net loss of $105,148, an increase in
amortization of right-of-use asset of $428,685, a decrease in
accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $135,322, an increase
in accounts receivable of $118,171, and an increase in prepaid
expenses and other current assets of $284,785. Brownie's Marine
reported no cash used in investing activities and no cash provided
by financing activities for the year.

A full-text copy of the Form 10-K is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1166708/000149315226016204/form10-k.htm

                 About Brownie's Marine Group, Inc.

Brownie's Marine Group, Inc., headquartered in Davie, Florida, is a
marine technology company that wholly owns and operates five
subsidiaries focused on portable air, underwater breathing, safety
and marine technologies. The company serves recreational,
professional, safety, industrial and government-adjacent markets.


BUMBLE INC: S&P Withdraws 'B+' Issuer Credit Rating
---------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings withdrew its ratings on Bumble Inc., including
the 'B+' issuer credit rating and 'B+' issue-level ratings. The
company requested the withdrawal following the full repayment of
its term loan B. At the time of the withdrawal, its outlook on the
company was stable.



CBCG ENTERPRISES: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: CBCG Enterprises, Inc.
          DBA A Racers Edge
        114 Lincoln Avenue
        Breckenridge, CO 80424

        Business Description: CBCG Enterprises, Inc., doing
business as A Racer's Edge, operates a ski and recreational sports
retail business in Breckenridge, Colorado. The company sells and
services ski equipment, including skis, boots, custom insoles, race
gear and ski-tuning products, serving recreational, big mountain
and alpine racing customers.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: April 24, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Colorado

Case No.: 26-12854

Judge: Hon. Thomas B Mcnamara

Debtor's Counsel: K. Jamie Buechler, Esq.
                  BUECHLER LAW OFFICE, LLC
                  10901 W 120th Avenue, Suite 130
                  Broomfield, CO 80021
                  Tel: (720) 381-0045
                  E-mail: jamie@kjblawoffice.com

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Charles R. Ginsburg III as president.

A copy of the Debtor's list of its 20 largest unsecured creditors
is available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TQLJQYY/CBCG_Enterprises_Inc__cobke-26-12854__0003.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TLMVEOY/CBCG_Enterprises_Inc__cobke-26-12854__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


CHRISTMAN CABLE: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------------
Christman Cable, Inc. received interim approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas, Waco Division,
to use cash collateral.

The court authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral including
cash on hand and accounts receivable to pay the expenses set forth
in its budget pending the final hearing on May 12. It also
authorized payment of $18,720.80 in insurance from cash collateral,
subject to objections to be addressed at the final hearing.

The Debtor's preliminary budget covers the period from mid-April
through June, projecting revenues of $50,000 in April, $120,000 in
May, and $130,000 in June.

As protection for any diminution in the value of their collateral,
creditors with an interest in cash collateral will be granted
replacement liens, with the same validity, priority and extent as
their pre-petition liens.

The order is available at https://is.gd/oLaaiZ from
PacerMonitor.com.

Christman Cable's primary cash collateral consists of cash and
accounts receivable totaling $102,388, with secured creditors
holding priority liens in the following order: First United Bank
and Trust Co., Global Merchant Cash, Inc., and FundFi Merchant
Funding, LLC.

Although the Debtor owns additional assets such as vehicles, tools,
and equipment, those do not constitute cash collateral.

The Debtor's financial distress arose in part from its reliance on
merchant cash advance financing in 2025, which it ultimately could
not repay. As a result, MCA lenders filed UCC notices directly with
the Debtor's customers, disrupting revenue streams and
significantly impairing cash flow.

                     About Christman Cable Inc.

Christman Cable, Inc., based in Belton, Texas, is a construction
contractor specializing in communications cabling and underground
utility services, including fiber optic and network infrastructure
installation. Founded in 2013, the company serves projects in
Central Texas.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 26-60352) on April 17,
2026. In the petition signed by James Christman, president, the
Debtor disclosed $1,086,137 in total assets and $1,882,381 in total
liabilities.

Judge Michael M. Parker oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   David Alford, Esq.
   Pakis Giotes Burleson & Deaconson, P.C.
   P.O. Box 58
   Waco, TX 76703-0058
   alford@pakislaw.com


CITIUS PHARMACEUTICALS: Closes $5 Million Direct Offering
---------------------------------------------------------
Citius Pharmaceuticals Inc. closed its previously announced
registered direct offering of common stock and warrants, raising
about $5 million in gross proceeds, the company said in a filing
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Cranford, New Jersey-based biopharmaceutical company said it
sold 5,076,143 shares of common stock, or pre-funded warrants in
lieu of shares, at 98.5 cents each. The offering was priced
at-the-market under Nasdaq rules.

In a concurrent private placement, Citius issued unregistered
warrants to buy up to 5,076,143 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of 86 cents a share. The warrants are exercisable
immediately and expire five years after the effective date of a
registration statement covering the shares issuable upon exercise.

H.C. Wainwright & Co. acted as the exclusive placement agent.

Citius said it plans to use net proceeds to support the commercial
launch of LYMPHIR, including milestone, regulatory and other
payments, development initiatives for its product candidates and
general corporate purposes.

                  About Citius Pharmaceuticals Inc.

Citius Pharmaceuticals Inc. is a Cranford, New Jersey-based
biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing
critical care products. The company owns about 71% of Citius
Oncology. Its products and candidates include LYMPHIR, Mino-Lok and
CITI-002, also known as Halo-Lido.

The company's auditor, Wolf & Company P.C., issued a going concern
qualification in its Dec. 23, 2025, audit report, citing recurring
losses and a working capital deficit as of Sept. 30, 2025.

Citius reported a net loss of $39.74 million in 2025, compared with
a net loss of $39.43 million in 2024. As of Dec. 31, 2025, the
company had $140.39 million in total assets, $46.92 million in
total liabilities and $93.47 million in total equity.

The company said its available cash resources are expected to fund
operations through May 2026.


CLEARWATER PAPER: Moody's Cuts CFR to B1, Outlook Negative
----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings downgraded Clearwater Paper Corporation's
(Clearwater) corporate family rating to B1 from Ba3, probability of
default rating to B1-PD from Ba3-PD, and senior unsecured notes
rating to B3 from B1. The company's speculative grade liquidity
rating (SGL) was downgraded to SGL-3 from SGL-2. The outlook
remains negative.

The downgrade reflects Clearwater's weak credit metrics and delayed
recovery profile, driven by sustained oversupply in the solid
bleached sulphate (SBS) market that has reset pricing fundamentals
and weakened earnings visibility. Clearwater's concentrated
exposure to a single substrate and lack of downstream integration
further limit its ability to adapt to these structural market
changes.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Clearwater's B1 CFR is constrained by: (1) its relatively small
revenue base; (2) product concentration to the high-end consumer
paperboard packaging market; (3) currently oversupplied solid
bleached sulphate (SBS) market; (4) significant financial exposure
to market downtime and maintenance outages that can cause increased
volatility in financial leverage; and (5) vulnerability to
significantly larger, forward integrated and financially stronger
competitors in paperboard packaging.

The company's rating benefits from: (1) good North American market
position in high-end consumer paperboard packaging; (2) relatively
stable end market demand for paperboard packaging; and (3)
efficient backward-integrated paperboard operations.

Clearwater has adequate liquidity (SGL-3) with about $460 million
of liquidity sources, compared to no uses. Sources include $31
million of cash in December 2025, $143 million availability on a
$211 million borrowing base under the company's $375 million ABL
facility expiring in November 2027, full availability under the
$264.6 million farm credit revolver (subject to 2% annual reduction
in commitments; expiring May 2029) and about $20 million of
positive free cash flow (negative without working capital release)
in 2026. The company is subject to a springing fixed charge
covenant of 1.1:1 if the ABL revolver availability falls below the
greater of 10% of the line cap or $25 million. Moody's do not
expect it to be applicable over the next 4 quarters, but the
company doesn't have enough cushion if the covenant triggers.

The B3 rating on Clearwater's $275 million senior unsecured notes
is two notches below the CFR, reflecting the note holders'
subordinate position to the $375 million asset based revolving
credit facility and the $264.6 million farm credit revolving credit
facility.

The negative outlook reflects Moody's expectations that operating
performance and credit metrics could remain weak for a sustained
period as a result of poor pricing environment in an oversupplied
SBS market.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if the company is able to grow its
market position or diversity into additional product lines such
that operating performance is more resilient, adjusted debt to
EBITDA is sustained below 3x, and retained cash flow to adjusted
net debt is sustained above 15%.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company's operational
performance deteriorates significantly such that retained cash flow
to adjusted net debt is sustained below 10%, adjusted debt to
EBITDA are sustained above 4x, or liquidity weakens materially.

Headquartered in Spokane, Washington, Clearwater is a mid-size
North American non-forward integrated producer of bleached
paperboard.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Paper and
Forest Products published in November 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


CLEVELAND-CLIFFS INC: Moody's Cuts CFR to B1, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings downgraded Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.'s ("Cliffs")
Corporate Family Rating to B1 from Ba2, its Probability of Default
Rating to B1-PD from Ba2-PD, its guaranteed senior unsecured notes
rating to B2 from Ba3 and its senior unsecured notes rating to B3
from B1. Cliffs Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating (SGL) was
downgraded to SGL-3 from SGL-2. Its outlook was changed to stable
from negative.

"The downgrade of Cleveland-Cliffs ratings reflects the expectation
its credit metrics will remain weak for its rating even as its
earnings recover from depressed levels. This is due to its very
high debt load resulting from the debt funded acquisition of Stelco
Inc. without the expected earnings contribution" said Michael
Corelli, Moody's Ratings' Senior Vice President and lead analyst
for Cleveland-Cliffs Inc.

Governance considerations under Moody's ESG framework, specifically
financial strategy and risk management and management track record,
were key drivers of this rating action. Moody's have changed Cliffs
credit impact score to CIS-4 from CIS-3, its governance issuer
profile score to G-4 from G-3 and the scores for financial strategy
and risk management and management track record to 4 from 3.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Cleveland-Cliffs' rating is supported by its large scale and strong
market position as the largest flat rolled steel producer in North
America and its contract position, particularly with the automotive
industry, which provides a good earnings base. The rating also
reflects the benefits of its position as an integrated steel
producer from necessary raw materials through the steel making and
finishing processes. The company has a strong position in the North
American iron ore markets, and its HBI facility, scrap processing
capabilities and the addition of Stelco's coke production enhances
its vertical integration in raw materials and enables it to have
lower carbon emissions than other global integrated steel
producers.

Nevertheless, Cliffs' rating is constrained by the mostly debt
funded acquisition of Stelco shortly before its operating results
materially weakened, which along with the company's recent weak
operating performance, has resulted in very weak near-term credit
metrics for its rating. Moody's expects the company will achieve a
significantly improved operating performance in 2026 and will use
proceeds from asset sales to pay down debt, but its credit metrics
will remain somewhat weak for the B1 rating. Cliffs' rating also
incorporates the carbon transition risks related to iron ore and
coal mining, coke making and its reliance on the higher emitting
and higher cost legacy blast furnace and basic oxygen furnace
steelmaking process. Cliffs' rating also reflects its exposure to
cyclical end markets and volatile iron ore and steel prices.

Cliffs operating performance materially weakened for the fourth
consecutive year in 2025 as domestic steel prices softened, demand
ebbed and the spread between domestic hot rolled coil and Brazilian
slab prices widened resulting in material losses on its five-year
contract to supply slabs from Indiana Harbor to ArcelorMittal (Baa2
stable). As a result, Cliffs generated adjusted EBITDA of only $43
million in 2025 versus $641 million in 2024 and about $2.0 billion
in 2023. The company consumed about $1.0 billion in cash due to
very weak earnings but managed to keep its debt level stable as it
paid down debt with around $950 million in proceeds from a
secondary stock offering in October 2025. Nevertheless, its credit
metrics remained very weak.

Moody's anticipates Cliffs adjusted EBITDA could rise to around
$1.25 billion - $1.5 billion in 2026 supported by 1) the recent
idling of loss making operations which the company anticipates will
increase annual earnings by about $300 million 2) the expiration of
its slab contract with ArcelorMittal which is expected to increase
earnings by around $500 million assuming these tons are resold at
current market prices 3) increased domestic auto production which
could increase earnings by $250 million - $500 million 4) lower
coal costs and cost cutting initiatives and 5) the pass through of
higher steel prices which should continue to be supported by
reduced imports. There is also the potential for improved
industrial demand and construction activity as spending ramps up
related to increased power and data center demand and
infrastructure and carbon transition related investments that are
being funded by the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act, the
CHIPS Act and the Inflation Reduction Act. Nevertheless, higher
energy prices could weigh on economic activity and will result in
higher diesel costs for Cliffs' mine equipment and increased
freight costs, and steel price increases may be tempered by more
intense competitive pressures from recent and ongoing significant
capacity additions.

Cliffs' ability to generate free cash flow will be contingent on
its success in selling idled assets as Moody's do not expect free
cash flow from its operations due to its high interest costs,
required capital investments and pension and OPEB contributions.
Therefore, Moody's anticipates its credit metrics will be somewhat
weak for the B1 rating with a leverage ratio (Debt/EBITDA) in the
range of 5.0x-6.0x. However, the company estimates it could
generate more than $300 million from asset sales and would use the
proceeds to pay down debt. It also continues to negotiate with
POSCO (Baa1 negative) on a strategic investment in Cliffs but the
deadline for this negotiation has been extended multiple times and
the outcome remains uncertain. Cliffs rating could face further
downside pressure absent continued earnings growth or material debt
reduction.  

Cliffs Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating of SGL-3 reflects the
company's adequate liquidity profile. The company had $45 million
of cash and $3.1 billion of availability on its unrated $4.75
billion asset-based lending facility (ABL) as of March 2026. This
facility had $959 million of borrowings and $48 million of letter
of credit obligations. The available borrowing base was $4.1
billion due to the level of eligible accounts receivable, inventory
and certain mobile equipment.

The B2 rating on Cliffs senior unsecured guaranteed notes reflects
their position in the capital structure relative to its unrated
$4.75 billion ABL which is ranked ahead of the notes, and the
company's sizeable unsecured debt and underfunded pension
liabilities. The senior unsecured guaranteed notes still benefit
from a more favorable position relative to the senior unsecured
notes whose B3 rating reflects their junior position in the capital
structure.

The stable rating outlook incorporates Moody's expectations that
Cliffs operating performance and credit metrics will materially
strengthen over the next 12-18 months and become more in line with
the current ratings.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Cliffs' ratings could be considered for an upgrade if steel prices
and profit margins are sustained above historical averages and the
company demonstrates a clearly defined and more conservative
financial policy and pursues further debt reduction.
Quantitatively, if Cliffs sustains a leverage ratio of no more than
4.0x and retained cash flow in excess of 15% of its net debt
through varying steel price points, then its ratings could be
positively impacted.

Cliffs' ratings could be downgraded if it does not materially pay
down debt and its leverage ratio is sustained above 5.0x or
retained cash flow below 10% of its net debt or it fails to
maintain an adequate liquidity profile.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Steel published
in September 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.

Headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio, Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. is the
largest iron ore and flat rolled steel producer in North America
with approximately 27 million gross tons of annual iron ore
capacity and about 20 million tons of crude steelmaking capacity.
The company also has the capacity to produce 1.9 million metric
tons of hot briquetted iron (HBI) and the capability to process
about 3 million tons of scrap at 21 scrap collection and processing
facilities. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2026, Cliffs had
revenues of about $18.9 billion.


COHERENT CORP: S&P Raises ICR to 'BB', Alters Outlook to Positive
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on Coherent
Corp. to 'BB' from 'BB-' and revised its outlook to positive from
stable.

S&P said, "At the same time, we raised our ratings on the company's
secured debt to 'BB+' from 'BB' and unsecured debt to 'BB-' from
'B+'. Our '2' (rounded estimate: 75%) and '5' (rounded estimate:
25%) recovery ratings on the secured and unsecured debt,
respectively, are unchanged.

"The positive outlook reflects the potential for an upgrade if
Coherent produces strong topline growth and improves EBITDA margins
and we become convinced that it will maintain leverage below the 3x
area. While we expect FOCF generation to be negative on elevated
capital expenditure (capex), Coherent's total liquidity should be
able to support its growth investments.

Coherent Corp. has generated strong topline growth and improved
EBITDA margins as demand from AI customers has been robust over the
past few quarters. S&P expects performance will continue improving
over the next year as AI investments from hyperscalers remain
strong.

In addition, the preferred equity, which S&P had treated as debt,
has converted to common equity and the company received a $2
billion equity investment from NVIDIA Corp., lowering adjusted
leverage.

S&P said, "Coherent's leverage has declined and the company should
maintain leverage below the 3x area over the next few years, based
on our expectations for improved EBITDA generation.Demand for
Coherent's AI products continues to outweigh supply. Coherent has
been focused on expanding its EBITDA margin by improving its
product mix and through operating leverage and enacting a cost
savings plan. Coherent has improved its EBITDA generation more than
20% over the past year. Tariffs have not materially affected
margins, as the company has been able to utilize technology tariff
exemptions and produce through lower tariff manufacturing
locations. We expect Coherent's profitability will continue
improving to the low-20% area for fiscal 2026 (year-end June).

"Coherent's $2.15 billion Bain preferred equity, which we had
treated as debt under our criteria, converted to common equity. The
company has also recently received a $2 billion equity investment
from NVIDIA for research and development (R&D) and to expand
production capacity and operations for advanced lasers and optical
networking products. While we expect Coherent will fully utilize
the investment over the next few years, we expect its focus on
profitability and improved operating leverage will expand
Coherent's EBITDA margins to the mid-20% area such that its
leverage will remain below the 3x area in fiscal 2027.

"We expect Coherent to generate strong topline growth over the next
few years due to robust demand from AI hyperscaler customers.
Hyperscalers have not slowed their AI investments and we expect
capex to increase in calendar year 2026. Coherent has managed to
expand its technological capabilities in its AI products especially
as it relates to its transceivers and Indium Phosphide (InP). We
expect strong data center demand will help drive topline growth,
around a high-teens percentage, in fiscal 2026.

"We believe demand will remain strong in fiscal 2027 as Coherent
has a book-to-bill ratio that exceeds 4x as of second quarter in
fiscal 2026. As AI hardware supplies remain one of the biggest AI
data center constraints, customers are looking to book orders
longer than before to secure enough supply for its expensive and
fast-depreciating AI data centers. Due to that strong demand,
Coherent should be able to extend orders into potentially fiscal
2028. This should lead to low-20% topline growth in fiscal 2027."

Coherent should have enough liquidity and EBITDA generation to fund
the elevated investment cycle for its expected growth. To continue
to generate high topline growth in fiscal 2027 and beyond, Coherent
intends to invest in capex to expand to grow production capacity,
as supply for its AI products remains tight. Coherent could invest
more than $1 billion of capex in fiscal 2027 as it looks to expand
production in Malaysia, Vietnam, and the U.S., but NVIDIA's $2
billion equity investment will largely fund that expansion.

Coherent will likely utilize significant working capital as it
tries to support its growth opportunities. Coherent's strong EBITDA
generation should offset large working capital use to help maintain
and grow operating cash flow. However, S&P expects Coherent to
generate negative free operating cash flow (FOCF) in fiscal 2027 on
the more than $1 billion of capex investments. After the NVIDIA
investment, Coherent should have more than $3.3 billion in total
liquidity, which should be able to support its business during this
large investment cycle.

Coherent's improved business performance should help offset
increasing customer concentration. S&P believes Coherent could
begin to face elevated customer concentration as it continues with
its significant AI product demand. NVIDIA's investment also came
with a supply partnership agreement with Coherent, leading to more
potential revenue with NVIDIA. Also, given the limited amount of
hyperscaler customers who can invest billions of dollars on AI,
many technology hardware companies tied to AI product growth face
the same customer concentration challenges as Coherent. If a large
customer pulls back or AI data center demand weakens, that could
make Coherent's financial performance more volatile.

However, Coherent's improved operating performance should help
offset that potential concentration from its AI data center
customers. S&P said, "We believe Coherent is one of the few players
in this current AI hardware space that can design technologically
advanced AI hardware products and manufacture at the scale
hyperscalers need, creating a tough competitive moat for other
hardware companies to break into. We expect Coherent to end fiscal
2026 with almost $7 billion in revenue, a more than 40% increase
from two years ago." Growing scale will give Coherent more capacity
to invest in R&D to keep developing new AI products for the
fast-changing AI data center space and maintain technological
leadership.

S&P said, "The positive outlook reflects the potential for an
upgrade if Coherent produces strong topline growth and improves
EBITDA margins and we become convinced that it will maintain
leverage below the 3x area. While we expect FOCF generation to be
negative on elevated capital expenditure (capex), Coherent's total
liquidity should be able to support its growth investments.

"We could revise our outlook to stable if Coherent experiences
lower-than-expected revenue growth, weaker EBITDA margins, or
higher-than-expected capex investment or we no longer expect
leverage to remain below 3x. This could occur due to a combination
of weak demand for its products amid the tougher macroeconomic
environment, tariff issues or competitive pressure, challenges as
it ramps up investment, debt-funded acquisitions, or shareholder
returns.

"We could raise our rating on Coherent if we become convinced that
leverage will be generally maintained below 3x even in a downturn
and the company generates strong top-line growth and improved
profitability, narrowing the expected negative FOCF deficit from
its elevated growth capex investment. That could occur if the
company continues to benefit from strong demand for its datacom
transceiver solutions and continues to improve profitability."


COLOR CODE: Seeks to Hire Teal Becker & Chiaramonte as Accountant
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Color Code Painting, Inc. seeks approval from the United States
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of New York to employ
Nathan Pannucci, CPA of Teal, Becker & Chiaramonte, CPAs, P.C. to
serve as its accountant and bookkeeper.

Mr. Pannucci will provide these services:

(a) prepare the Debtor's 2024 corporate income tax returns;

(b) prepare the Debtor's 2025 corporate income tax returns; and

(c) perform bookkeeping, journal entry auditing, projections, and
other accounting services necessary to support the Debtor's ongoing
operations during the Chapter 11 Subchapter V case.

The firm's hourly services will be at $425 per hour for
administrative and accounting-related work, subject to Court
approval based on contemporaneous time records.

Flat fee services are not to exceed $2,000 per tax year for tax
preparation and filing.

Teal, Becker & Chiaramonte, CPAs, P.C. is represented as a
"disinterested person" within the meaning of Section 101(14) of the
Bankruptcy Code, as it has no connection with the Debtor,
creditors, the U.S. Trustee, or any other party in interest,
according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Nathan Pannucci, CPA
Teal, Becker & Chiaramonte, CPAs, P.C.
7 Washington Square
Albany, NY 12205

                                    About Color Code Painting Inc.

Color Code Painting, Inc. filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. N.Y. Case No.
26-10014) on January 9, 2026, listing up to $100,000 in assets and
up to $500,000 in liabilities. Bryan Berry, president of Color Code
Painting, signed the petition.

Judge Patrick G. Radel oversees the case.

Michael Boyle, Esq., at Boyle Legal, LLC, represents the Debtor as
bankruptcy counsel.


COMMUNITY AUTOMOTIVE: Seeks Final Approval to Use Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Community Automotive Repair, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
Western District of Washington, at Seattle, for final approval to
use cash collateral and provide adequate protection.

The Debtor was initially allowed to access cash collateral under
the court's April 8 interim order.

The Debtor intends to use cash collateral -- primarily operating
funds in its bank accounts -- to cover essential expenses such as
payroll, owner draws, and general business costs necessary to
maintain operations. It proposes to rely on a monthly budget
covering April through June (and potentially extending through July
or until plan effectiveness), which outlines projected income and
expenses.

Community Automotive Repair identifies multiple secured creditors
with interests in the Debtor's cash collateral, primarily merchant
cash advance lenders and similar financing entities. These include
Kalamata Capital, OnDeck Capital, Funding Metrics LLC, Velocity
Capital Group, and Stripe Capital, each holding UCC-1 security
interests in future receivables or substantially all assets. It
estimates total outstanding secured claims at $177,902, while its
available cash collateral as of the petition date is $24,988. The
Debtor acknowledges that these lenders may have liens on future
receipts, though it notes that it does not maintain significant
accounts receivable or inventory beyond its cash deposits.

In return for the use of cash collateral, the Debtor proposes
providing adequate protection through post-petition replacement
liens on cash and receivables generated after the petition date,
maintaining the secured creditors' priority position to the extent
their liens are valid and enforceable. It further proposes modest
flexibility in its budget, allowing for expenditures to exceed
projections by up to 15% with creditor consent or court approval
while requiring financial reporting through monthly operating
reports.

The Debtor reserves the right to challenge the validity, priority
or extent of the asserted liens.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=aNoJLX
from PacerMonitor.com.

              About Community Automotive Repair LLC

Community Automotive Repair, LLC operates a small automotive repair
business.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 26-10953-TWD) on March
27, 2026. In the petition signed by Gregory Hulse, owner, the
Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Timothy W. Dore oversees the case.

Karen E. Richmond, Esq., at Richmond Hill, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


CONNECT FINCO: Fitch Hikes Rating on Sr. Secured Debt to 'BB+'
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded Connect Finco SARL's and Connect U.S.
Finco LLC's senior secured debt to 'BB+' with a Recovery Rating of
'RR1' from 'BB'/'RR2'. Fitch has also affirmed Viasat Inc's
(Viasat) and Viasat Technologies Limited's Long-Term Issuer Default
Ratings (IDRs) at 'B'. Fitch has also affirmed Viasat's senior
secured ratings at 'BB-'/'RR2' and unsecured rating at
'CCC+'/'RR6'. Fitch has also affirmed Connect Bidco Ltd's, Connect
Finco SARL's and Connect U.S. Finco LLC's (together, Inmarsat)
Long-Term IDRs at 'B+'. The Rating Outlook is Stable.

The ratings reflect Fitch's expectation of continued leverage
reduction, offset by moderation in Viasat's revenue growth in a
highly competitive satellite industry. The significant growth of
low Earth orbit (LEO) network operators, particularly Starlink, in
recent years has resulted in LEO providers taking significant
market share from geostationary Earth orbit (GEO) satellite
providers in most end markets.

Key Rating Drivers

Increased Sector Competitive Intensity: The rating reflects
heightened sector competition, as LEO satellite networks,
particularly Starlink, continue to increasingly capture the
residential, mobility and government satcom markets. The ratings
support Viasat's significant scale and market share across
commercial segments, particularly in in-flight connectivity (IFC),
government contracts, high near-term revenue visibility, and a
strong contract backlog.

Viasat has a relatively strong competitive position in the
government and IFC segments, but faces increased competition from
LEO providers, such as Starlink. Fitch expects the sector
competitiveness to increase as Amazon Leo has begun to deploy its
satellites, with plans to roll out service more broadly in mid- to
late 2026.

Weak but Expected Improving FCF: Fitch expects the company to turn
FCF positive in fiscal 2026. Fitch expects CFO minus capex to debt
to improve from approximately -2% in fiscal 2025 to approximately
2.0% in fiscal 2026-2028. Viasat is exiting a high capex period as
it completes the launch of three third-generation, high-throughput
satellites at a total cost of $2 billion or more. Fitch expects
capex to continue to decrease from current levels, as ViaSat-3
Flight 2 (VS-3 F2) and ViaSat-3 Flight 3 (VS-3 F3) go into service.
The company is also constructing three other Ka-band satellites
acquired from Inmarsat as well as additional L-band satellites.

High Execution Risk: While Viasat has made progress on its
satellite build program, Fitch believes there is material execution
risk as the satellites progress toward their in-service dates. The
company will need to execute growth strategies once the satellites
are in service to stem share loss, grow EBITDA, and achieve
positive FCF growth. Fitch expects the company to benefit from a
strong revenue backlog and the additional global markets opened up
by the VS-3 satellites and Inmarsat acquisition. Viasat expects
VS-3 F2 to enter commercial service in May 2026, while VS-3 F3 is
expected to enter commercial service in late summer 2026.

Leverage Reduction: Fitch estimates Viasat's gross EBITDA leverage
will approximate 4.1x at fiscal YE 2026 (net leverage 3.1x). Fitch
expects gross leverage to gradually decline to low- to mid-3x over
the forecast. Fitch expects Viasat to carry high cash balances over
the next year or two as the company looks to optimize its capital
structure and continue to use cash for debt reduction. Fitch
expects any strategic actions undertaken by Viasat to remain
focused on leverage reduction.

Strong Revenue Backlog: Fitch believes Viasat's reported $4.0
billion contract backlog as of Dec. 31, 2025, supports revenue. The
company does not include amounts in its backlog if it does not have
purchase orders. As of Dec. 31, 2025, the company reported roughly
1,100 commercial aircraft in backlog. Viasat has approximately
20,000 vessels and aircraft in service, including approximately
4,320 active commercial aircraft and 2,100 business aircraft.

Parent-Subsidiary Linkage (PSL): Fitch assesses Inmarsat's
Standalone Credit Profile (SCP) above Viasat's standalone SCP,
which results in the PSL using a stronger subsidiary path in its
PSL criteria. Inmarsat has lower leverage (3.3x leverage vs. 6.0x
at Viasat as of Dec. 31, 2025), higher EBITDA margins, and stronger
FCF than the standalone Viasat parent. Inmarsat's IDR is notched up
one level from the consolidated rating, supported by porous legal
ringfencing and open access and control factors. Fitch equalized
the ratings of Viasat and Viasat Technologies Limited based on high
legal, strategic and operational linkages under the stronger parent
path in its PSL criteria.

Peer Analysis

Across its end markets, Viasat competes with SES S.A.
(BBB-/Stable), Iridium Communications Inc. (BB/Stable), GoGo Inc.,
Anuvu (formerly Global Eagle Entertainment), Panasonic Avionic
Corporation, SpaceX and others.

In the government systems, Viasat competes or, at times, partners
against higher-rated companies that have access to much greater
resources. Viasat's major competitors in the manufacture of defense
electronics include BAE Systems plc (A-/Stable) and Collins
Aerospace, as well as others such as SES and Iridium.

In maritime service offerings, Viasat competes against, and in some
cases partners with, Marlink, Navarino, KVH, SES, SpaceX and
Speedcast, among others. In fixed broadband, as a provider of
communications infrastructure, Viasat's comparable businesses
include satellite providers (LEO and GEO) as well as cable and
fiber companies.

In comparison to SES and Iridium, Viasat has exposure to some more
volatile end markets and different competitive dynamic, is larger
but has operated at higher consolidated leverage. Viasat's EBITDA
margins are lower than the pure service providers due to its
vertically integrated strategy, which includes not only satellite
services but also the development and manufacture of equipment.

In the DAT segment, the company competes against much larger
companies, including Airbus SE, General Dynamics Corp. and L3Harris
Technologies, Inc. (BBB+/Stable) as well as more niche competitors.
Many of these are investment-grade companies, with significant
scale and/or are operating at lower debt leverage.

Fitch’s Key Rating-Case Assumptions

- Revenue of approximately $4.65 billion in fiscal 2026, up in the
low-single digits YoY. Fitch expects revenue growth in the
low-single digits in fiscal 2027, as the IFC and government
segments offset declines in fixed broadband and maritime;

- Adjusted EBITDA margins of 33.5% in fiscal 2026, remaining in the
range of 32% -34% over the forecast;

- Capex in fiscal 2026 of approximately $1.0 billion (including
capitalized interest). Fitch expects capex to decline over the
forecast as satellite construction and launch are completed;

- Fitch assumes receipts of the final lump sum payment from Ligado
to Inmarsat during fiscal 2027.

Corporate Rating Tool Inputs and Scores

Fitch scored the issuer as follows, using its Corporate Rating Tool
(CRT) to produce the Standalone Credit Profile (SCP):

- Business and financial profile factors (assessment, relative
importance): Management (bb+, Lower), Sector Characteristics (a-,
Lower), Market and Competitive Positioning (bb-, Higher),
Diversification and Asset Quality (bbb, Moderate), Company
Operational Characteristics (bb, Moderate), Profitability (bb+,
Moderate), Financial Structure (b+, Higher), and Financial
Flexibility (b+, Moderate).

- The quantitative financial subfactors are based on custom CRT
financial period parameters: 20% weight for the forecast year 2025,
40% for the forecast year 2026 and 40% for the forecast year 2027.

- B+ to CC considerations apply in its analysis and result in an
adjustment of -1 notch(es).

- The Governance assessment of 'Good' results in no adjustment.

- The Operating Environment assessment of 'aa-' results in no
adjustment.

- The SCP is 'b'.

Recovery Analysis

Fitch contemplates a bankruptcy scenario where default is caused by
material revenue and EBITDA declines due to one or more of the
following factors: loss of significant market share to new or
existing competitors, anomalies or delays in satellite launches, or
technology disruption. Fitch has applied the U.S. as the relevant
country for recovery analysis because Viasat is incorporated in the
U.S. and the assets are located in space.

The Inmarsat debt and Viasat debt are in two separate credit silos,
and therefore, a separate recovery exercise is undertaken for each
debt silo.

For the Inmarsat credit silo, Fitch estimates the
post-restructuring enterprise value using the going concern (GC)
approach. Fitch has assumed 10% of administrative claims. Fitch
estimates a GC enterprise value of $3.6 billion based on $800
million of GC EBITDA and a 5x multiple.

The multiple considers the following factors:

- Per Fitch's 2025 Telecom, Media and Technology Bankruptcy
Enterprise Values and Creditor Recoveries report, the median TMT
multiple of reorganization enterprise value/forward EBITDA was
5.9x, with the median for telecom companies at 5.5x;

- The above-mentioned report includes Speedcast International
Limited, a satellite communications and network service provider.
Speedcast emerged from bankruptcy in early 2021 with a multiple of
8.7x. Unlike Viasat, Speedcast did not own its own satellites and
had a less diversified revenue stream;

- However, industry dynamics have significantly changed in the last
few years, with Starlink becoming a formidable satellite player,
taking market share from existing satellite operators.;

- Fitch also considered Viasat's acquisition of Inmarsat at
approximately 9x EV/EBITDA (at the time of announcement in 2021)
and more recently SES's acquisition announcement in 2024 of
Intelsat estimated at approximately 6x.

The recovery waterfall results in an 'RR1' recovery for Inmarsat's
senior secured debt.

For Viasat's debt silo, Fitch estimates the post-restructuring
enterprise value using the GC approach. Fitch estimates a GC
enterprise value of $1.85 billion based on a 5.67x multiple and
$400 million of GC EBITDA, after adjusting for $188.7 million of
export-import facility and 10% administrative claims.

Fitch has assumed a weighted average multiple given the different
business mix of the Viasat silo. A 5x multiple was used, consistent
with Inmarsat, for the satellite portion of the business. A 6x
multiple was used for the DAT business, consistent with a range of
5-7x typically used for Aerospace and Defense businesses at Fitch.
The middle of the range was chosen based on the growth profile,
expanding TAM and market multiples for industry names.

The recovery waterfall results in an 'RR2' recovery for Viasat's
senior secured debt, and an 'RR6' recovery for the unsecured debt.
Fitch assumes the export-import facility at Viasat Technologies
Limited (outstanding amount of $188.7 million as of Jan 2026)
recovers fully given that it is secured by a significant collateral
provided by the Viasat-2 satellite.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- (CFO-capex)/debt sustained below 2.5%, combined with an inability
to fund capex in the capital markets on economic terms;

- EBITDA leverage sustained above 5.5x;

- Material delays or issues in anticipated satellite launches, or
delays in achieving revenue and EBITDA growth from future
satellites due to business or competitive reasons.

- For Inmarsat, weakening of its SCP such that it is in line with
the consolidated credit profile.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Sustained positive FCF generation such that (cash flow from
operations (CFO)-capex)/debt is sustained above 5%;

- EBITDA leverage sustained below 4.5x.

- Sustained revenue and EBITDA growth across both the satellite and
DAT businesses

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Viasat's liquidity is relatively strong, given its high cash
balances and revolver availability, and FCF that has recently
turned positive. As of Dec. 31, 2025, Viasat had $2.5 billion in
available liquidity, comprised of $1.35 billion of cash and $1.14
billion of borrowing availability under the two undrawn revolvers.

During the third quarter, the company used a portion of the $420
million lump sum payment from Ligado to retire early the remaining
$300 million outstanding on the original Inmarsat term loan
facility due 2026. Fitch expects capex to gradually decline as
Viasat completes the launch of the remaining two VS-3 satellites.
Fitch expects Viasat to turn FCF positive in fiscal 2026 and remain
FCF positive through the projection period.

Viasat does not guarantee Inmarsat's debt. While management has
stated a desire to simplify the company's debt structure, currently
Viasat maintains two separate debt silos: Viasat credit group and
Inmarsat credit group. There are no cross guarantees between the
two debt silos. In January 2026, Viasat entered a $188.7 million
direct loan facility under an export-import credit facility at a
subsidiary, a senior secured direct loan facility put in place
primarily to fund the launch and insurance of the ViaSat-3 F1
satellite.

Issuer Profile

Viasat is a vertically integrated technology provider offering an
end-to-end platform of high-capacity satellites, ground
infrastructure and user terminals for enterprise, government and
consumer users. On May 30, 2023, Viasat acquired Inmarsat, becoming
one of the largest satellite companies globally.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

Climate Vulnerability Signals

The results of its Climate.VS screener did not indicate an elevated
risk for Viasat, Inc.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt               Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------               ------           --------   -----
Viasat, Inc.        

                       LT IDR B    Affirmed              B
  senior unsecured     LT     CCC+ Affirmed    RR6       CCC+
    senior secured     LT     BB-  Affirmed    RR2       BB-

Connect Bidco
Limited          

                       LT IDR B+   Affirmed              B+

Connect
Finco SARL        

                       LT IDR B+   Affirmed              B+  
   senior secured      LT     BB+  Upgrade     RR1       BB  

Connect U.S.
FinCo LLC     

                       LT IDR B+   Affirmed              B+
    senior secured     LT     BB+  Upgrade     RR1       BB

Viasat Technologies
Limited    

                        LT IDR B    Affirmed              B


CRAFT PUTT: Seeks Interim Cash Collateral Access
------------------------------------------------
Craft Putt, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Kansas for authority to use cash collateral and provide adequate
protection.

The Debtor identifies several entities with potential security
interests in its cash collateral, including Lincoln Savings Bank,
HomeTrust Bank, IOU Central, Channel Partners, Loot Financial
Services, and WebBank. The company proposes to use its cash
collateral—consisting of cash, receivables, inventory, and funds
held in bank accounts or by third-party processors—to fund
ongoing operational expenses such as payroll and business costs, in
accordance with a budget submitted to the court. CPL requests
interim authority to use these funds until a final order is
entered, including provisions allowing continued operations for 21
days after any default notice and carve-outs for administrative
expenses.

The Debtor outlines its financial structure and creditor hierarchy,
emphasizing that Lincoln Savings Bank holds a senior lien on all
assets, followed by HomeTrust Bank, while other lenders (primarily
merchant cash advance lenders) hold junior interests. CPL proposes
to provide adequate protection to Lincoln through monthly
interest-only payments and replacement liens on post-petition
assets, while offering only replacement liens—but no
payments—to junior creditors due to insufficient collateral
value.

The company explains that its financial distress arose from funding
shortfalls during the development of a second location in Lee's
Summit, Missouri, which led to reliance on high-cost merchant
financing and eventual default. This triggered collection actions,
including withholding of electronic payments by a payment
processor, further straining liquidity.

A court hearing is scheduled for May 14.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=QO2rIL
from PacerMonitor.com.

                        About Craft Putt LLC

Craft Putt, LLC, based in Overland Park, operates an indoor venue
combining a custom-designed mini-golf course with a bar and
restaurant serving craft beer, cocktails, and food. The business
integrates experiential leisure with food and beverage service and
hosts private events and group bookings. It serves individual
consumers, social groups, and corporate clients across the Kansas
City metropolitan area.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Kan. Case No. 26-20586) on April 17,
2026. In the petition signed by Anthony J. Chinn, sole member, the
Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Dale L. Somers oversees the case.

Nicholas R. Grillot, Esq., at Hinkle Law Firm, LLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


CUENTAS INC: 2025 Net Loss Narrows to $1.57 Million
---------------------------------------------------
Cuentas, Inc. reported a net loss of $1.57 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2025, compared with a net loss of $3.31 million a
year earlier, according to its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Miami Beach, Fla.-based company reported $0 in total revenue
for 2025, compared with $676,000 in total revenue for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2024.

As of Dec. 31, 2025, Cuentas had total assets of $962,000, total
liabilities of $4.91 million and a total stockholders' deficit of
$3.95 million, the filing showed.

The company had $57,000 in cash and cash equivalents as of Dec. 31,
2025, total current assets of $841,000 and total current
liabilities of $4.91 million. Its working capital deficit was $4.07
million, compared with a working capital deficit of $3.17 million
at Dec. 31, 2024. Cuentas also reported an accumulated deficit of
about $59.83 million at Dec. 31, 2025.

Yarel + Partners, Certified Public Accountants (Isr.), issued a
going-concern qualification in its audit report dated April 22,
2026. The auditor cited recurring losses from operations, an
accumulated deficit, no revenue from operations during 2025 and
limited liquidity resources, saying those conditions raise
substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue as a
going concern.

Cuentas said operating activities used $1.37 million of cash in
2025, compared with $598,000 in 2024. Investing activities provided
$825,000 in 2025 and $92,000 in 2024, while financing activities
provided $588,000 in 2025.

The company added it has principally financed operations through
the sale of common stock. Management said its current cash and cash
equivalents and expected revenue from mobile phone services and
digital products would provide limited financial resources for the
near future.

Cuentas said it will be required to seek additional debt or equity
financing to support growing operations. The company added it may
not be able to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms,
or at all, and that any new equity financing could substantially
dilute existing stockholders. If it cannot obtain additional
financing, the company said it would not be able to achieve the
sales growth needed to cover costs, and results of operations would
be negatively affected.

A full-text copy of the Form 10-K is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1424657/000121390026046789/ea0286049-10k_cuentas.htm

                          About Cuentas, Inc.

Cuentas, Inc., headquartered in Miami Beach, Fla., is an integrated
communications, entertainment and lifestyle platform company. The
company operates in mobile telecommunications and entertainment
media distribution and offers mobile telephony, premium
entertainment content, digital lifestyle services, voice, text,
data and VPN-enabled connectivity through its platform and 51%
ownership of World Mobile LLC.


DC CABLE: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------
DC Cable & Telecommunications, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of New York for authority to use cash
collateral to fund operations.

Several creditors including First Citizens Bank & Trust, Citibank,
Five Star Bank and the U.S. Small Business Administration claim
broad security interests in DC's accounts and accounts receivable
based on UCC-1 financing statements.

DC argues the claims are too vague and legally insufficient because
they do not identify specific collateral. It warns that enforcing
such broad claims would give the first creditor control over all
incoming revenue, preventing the company from operating or
reorganizing under Chapter 11.

To address the issue, DC has set up a debtor-in-possession account
to collect revenues and is seeking court approval to use this DIP
account free from interference by creditors asserting overly broad
liens so it can continue operating and work toward repaying its
obligations.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Gmgh18
from PacerMonitor.com.

                 About DC Cable &
Telecommunications

DC Cable & Telecommunications, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D.N.Y. Case No. 26-20130) on
Feb. 27, 2026, with $1,197,217 in assets and $1,993,374 in
liabilities. Donald G. Crouch, chief executive officer, signed the
petition.

Judge Carl L. Bucki oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Charles E. Andersen, Esq., as counsel.


DEALER TIRE: S&P Alters Outlook to Negative, Affirms 'B-' ICR
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Dealer Tire Financial LLC
to negative from stable due to the potential downgrade risk, as
liquidity could deteriorate quickly if the company is unable to
refinance its upcoming debt maturities before they become current.

At the same time, S&P affirmed the ratings, including the 'B-'
issuer credit rating.

The negative outlook indicates that S&P could downgrade the
company--potentially by more than one notch--if it can't
successfully refinance its $500 million senior unsecured notes, or
if its operating performance degrades materially from its current
base case.

Dealer Tire's debt maturity profile faces material refinancing
risk. Its $500 million notes become current in February 2027, and
there's a springing maturity on its $1.464 billion senior secured
term loans in November 2027 if the notes aren't refinanced.

The company's financial performance has been steady and is forecast
to remain so over the next few years, with leverage around 7x. S&P
also expects that cash flow will be positive.

Dealer Tire faces significant debt maturity risk over the next 18
months. The company will be current on its $500 million senior
unsecured notes in February 2027. In addition, its $250 million
senior secured revolver and $1.464 billion term loan credit
facilities contain springing-maturity clauses that would make these
debts due in August 2027 and November 2027, respectively, if the
$500 million senior unsecured notes due February 2028 aren't
addressed in a timely manner. If these upcoming maturities aren't
addressed, liquidity could deteriorate meaningfully within the next
12 months.

S&P said, "Nevertheless, we view the company's operating
performance as fairly steady, with elevated leverage but consistent
free cash flow. Top-line and EBITDA have been in line with
expectations over the past few years, and our base case anticipates
similar performance for 2026-2028. We expect revenues to grow only
modestly in 2026, as the Dent Wizard business segment is pressured
by lower volumes with a key customer (CarMax) and demand for tire
replacement weakens amid persistent inflation. Still, our base case
is for S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins to remain above
8%. We expect margins will remain steady because of premium tires
commanding higher prices in the core Dealer Tire distribution
business and less dilution from the historically low-profit Simple
Tire segment. Based on our forecast, we project leverage of 6.9x in
2026 and FOCF to debt in the low-single-digit percent area through
2028.

"The negative outlook indicates that we could downgrade the
company, potentially by more than one notch, if it can't
successfully refinance its $500 million senior unsecured notes, or
if its operating performance materially departs from our current
base case.

"We could lower the ratings if the company can't address its
upcoming debt maturities, specifically the February 2028 notes, or
if we view the capital structure as unsustainable." This could
occur if:

-- S&P no longer believes the company will be able to refinance
its February 2028 note maturity, such that it also couldn't address
its term loans from becoming current; or

-- There is a material negative deviation from our base case and
credit metrics weaken substantially.

S&P could revise the outlook back to stable if the company is able
to:

-- Address its upcoming debt maturities in its capital structure
such that S&P no longer see imminent maturity or liquidity risk;
and

-- Sustain credit metrics, specifically consistent cash flow
generation.



DEQSER LLC: Court Won't Convert to Chapter 7 nor Appoint Examiner
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Craig T. Goldblatt of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware denied the motion of certain creditors to
convert the bankruptcy case of Deqser LLC to chapter 7 and to
appoint an examiner with expanded powers.

The Debtors in these cases own and operate a commercial laundry
business, located in northern New Jersey, whose customer base is
primarily hotels located in New York City. These bankruptcy cases,
which were filed about one year ago, have been bumpy. The debtors
have suffered operating losses of about $200,000 per month since
the cases were filed. There have been problems with the debtors'
post-petition financial reporting and various disputes with secured
creditors, insurers, and a lessor of trucks that the debtors use to
pick up and deliver laundry.

In the face of all of that, the U.S. Trustee, appropriately
concerned about the risk of administrative insolvency and the
possibility that post-petition creditors might end up holding the
bag if the efforts to reorganize proved unsuccessful, moved to
convert the cases to ones under chapter 7. The U.S. Trustee argued
that the continuing losses and the absence of a likelihood of
rehabilitation amounted to "cause" under Sec. 1112(b)(4)(A) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

In response to that motion, the debtors filed a plan of
reorganization. The plan would give most of the equity of the
reorganized debtor to the DIP lender, an entity with which one of
the debtors' founders and current owners is involved. The Court
does not believe it appropriate at this early stage to declare that
plan dead on arrival. But it is fair to say, at the very least,
that the existing plan (which the debtors have made clear they
intend to improve) would face serious obstacles to confirmation.

The Committee and several of the secured creditors have expressed
serious reservations about the proposed plan and the overall status
of the case. None, however, believes that conversion to chapter 7
will maximize the value of the estate or creditor recoveries.
Certain creditors have moved for the appointment of an "examiner
with expanded powers" whom they believe should be charged with
marketing and selling the business while the debtors remain in
possession and existing management continues operating the
business.

The motion to convert will be denied because the debtors have now
committed to amend their plan. The debtors will still seek to
obtain confirmation of a traditional plan of reorganization under
which (a) their DIP lender will acquire the equity of the
reorganized debtor and (b) secured creditors will be crammed down
under Sec. 1129(b)(2)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code. The amended plan,
however, will contain a "toggle" that will provide that if that
aspect of the plan cannot be confirmed, the debtors will
immediately turn to selling their assets, as a going concern, under
the plan. No one suggests that a plan that provides for a sale of
the debtors' assets and the distribution of the proceeds to
creditors would not be confirmable. The Court concludes that a
going concern sale of the business is a form of "rehabilitation"
within the meaning of Sec. 1112(b)(4)(A).

The Court will deny the motion to appoint an examiner with
"expanded powers" because, under the Bankruptcy Code, examiners
conduct examinations. Because the request that the Court "expand"
the powers of the examiner to market and sell the debtors'
businesses is outside the scope of what the Bankruptcy Code
contemplates or permits, that motion will be denied.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum Opinion dated April 22, 2026, is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=cSlDc6 from PacerMonitor.com.

                       About Deqser LLC

Deqser LLC is a business entity associated with Cooperative
Laundry, a commercial laundry service based in Kearny, New Jersey.
Operating from a state-of-the-art facility, the company supports
the hospitality industry with advanced, eco-efficient laundry
solutions.

Deqser sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-10687) on April 10, 2025.  The Debtor
estimated assets and liabilities of $1 million to $10 million.

The Hon. Craig T. Goldblatt presides over the case.

The Debtor's general bankruptcy counsel is Mayerson & Hartheimer,
PLLC and its local bankruptcy counsel is Gellert Seitz Busenkell &
Brown, LLC.  KCP Advisory Group LLC serves as financial advisor.


DIEBOLD NIXDORF: Fitch Assigns 'BB-' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a first-time Long-Term Issuer Default
Rating (IDR) of 'BB-' to Diebold Nixdorf, Incorporated (Diebold).
The Rating Outlook is Stable. Fitch has also assigned a 'BB+'
rating with a Recovery Rating of 'RR1' to Diebold's first-lien
secured revolving credit facility and senior secured notes.

Diebold's credit metrics are improving and the business has
executed well post-bankruptcy, with EBITDA margins projected in the
low-teens range through the forecast horizon. Secular risks exist
over the long term with cash usage continuing to decline in many
markets globally, but Diebold should continue to generate
meaningful cash through at least the medium-term horizon. Financial
leverage could decline further in the next few years.

Key Rating Drivers

Strong Market Position: Diebold's global market leadership is a key
credit consideration. The company benefits from the largest global
automated teller machines (ATM) installed base, representing more
than 30% market share by some estimates. Diebold also leads in ATM
multivendor monitoring software, has the largest self-service
checkout (SCO) retail footprint in Europe, and is the top global
self-ordering kiosk supplier. Diebold partners with the world's
largest 100 financial institutions and most of the top 25 global
retailers. However, the ongoing migration to digital payments and
shift away from cash remains a key factor weighing on the company's
growth prospects.

Low Margin Profile: Despite a well-established end-market presence,
Diebold historically has not capitalized on this in a material way
with respect to its earnings. Fitch believes this is partially due
to its hardware exposure (43% of revenue) but also weaker execution
relative to other Fitch-rated technology hardware companies. Its
relatively low EBITDA margins have ranged from the high single
digits to low double digits over the past decade and it lacks a
consistent track record of generating positive FCF. A much lower
leverage profile today will support the company, but Fitch will
look for sustained improvement in operating profitability.

Some Momentum Post-Emergence: Since emerging from bankruptcy in
2023, Diebold has been executing a refreshed business strategy
focused on backlog conversion, normalizing working capital, cost
reductions, and improving FCF conversion. Fitch forecasts modestly
positive FCF in the near term, at a mid-single digit percentage of
revenue. Despite strong post-reorganization profitability momentum,
revenue remains pressured and has been relatively flat since 2023.
Fitch expects moderate sales growth of 1-2% through the forecast
period.

Improved Credit Metrics: Diebold's credit metrics improved
significantly post-emergence. As of YE 2025, EBITDA leverage was
2.0x and is expected to remain at similar levels over the forecast
period. Similarly, EBITDA interest coverage is anticipated to
remain relatively healthy at above 6x for the forecast period. The
company aims to maintain net leverage at around 1.5x.

Cyclical Sales Cycle: Diebold's sales profile is highly susceptible
to cyclical volatility, particularly in the products segment, which
limits revenue visibility. Customers can defer non-critical
spending on new or upgraded hardware during downturns, as evidenced
by product revenue decreases of 18.1% in 2009, 10.6% in 2013, and
14.6% in 2020. The service segment is relatively stable due to
contracts and the critical nature of offerings like security and
maintenance. Near-term cycle risk is somewhat mitigated by the
company's substantial backlog, providing some revenue visibility
for the next 12-18 months.

FCF Improved: Diebold has historically generated weak FCF and has
produced positive FCF in only three of the past 10 years. However,
FCF generation improved materially in 2024 and 2025, and Fitch
believes the company could continue to generate positive FCF
margins in the mid-single digit-range in the near-term. This
improvement is partially supported by lower interest costs
following bankruptcy and better working capital management.
However, over the past decade, the company had many years of
negative FCF, and Fitch would look for consistent positive FCF
generation.

Secular Challenges: Lower cash usage is a long-term risk for the
banking segment, although this is partly offset by banks shrinking
their branch footprints while still needing ATMs to serve their
customers. The retail segment is less exposed to secular risk, as
retailers are increasingly seeking digital-native point-of-sale and
kiosk solutions that Diebold provides. However, continued growth in
e-commerce remains a longer-term risk. Diebold's broad geographic
diversification includes higher-growth markets like Latam and APMEA
where cash usage and physical retail remain strong, partly
mitigating these risks.

Peer Analysis

Diebold's ratings are supported by its market position across its
businesses, regional diversification, expectation of positive FCF
generation, and low leverage for the IDR. Secular challenges are
also a key consideration that constrains the rating. Fitch compares
the company with other services and hardware companies in the
technology and business services industries.

NCR Atleos Corporation (BB-/RWP), Diebold's closest peer, has a
comparable scale and market position; however, it benefits from
substantially stronger margins in the 17%-18% range and higher and
consistently positive FCF. Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (BBB/Stable) is
similar in scale but is more diversified, with historically much
lower EBITDA leverage, stronger coverage, and a long record of
conservative balance sheet management.

Fitch rates numerous hardware companies much larger than Diebold as
investment grade, including Motorola Solutions, Inc. (BBB/Stable),
HP Inc. (BBB+/Stable) and Dell Technologies Inc. (BBB+/Stable),
among others. However, these companies benefit from much larger
scale, greater diversification, better end markets and more
attractive FCF/leverage characteristics.

Fitch’s Key Rating-Case Assumptions

- Organic revenue growth in the low-single digit range in the next
few years;

- EBITDA margins improve to 13% to 13.5%, with operational
efficiencies;

- Capital expenditure near 1.5%-2% of revenue;

- Excess cash flow used for share buybacks;

- SOFR assumed in the mid- to high-3% range over the forecast
period.

Corporate Rating Tool Inputs and Scores

Fitch scored the issuer as follows, using its Corporate Rating Tool
(CRT) to produce the Standalone Credit Profile (SCP):

- Business and financial profile factors (assessment, relative
importance): Management (bb, Moderate), Sector Characteristics (bb,
Higher), Market and Competitive Positioning (bb+, Moderate),
Diversification and Asset Quality (b+, Higher), Company Operational
Characteristics (bbb, Moderate), Profitability (bb+, Moderate),
Financial Structure (a-, Lower), and Financial Flexibility (bb,
Moderate).

- The quantitative financial subfactors are based on standard CRT
financial period parameters: 20% weight for the latest historical
year 2025, 40% for the forecast year 2026 and 40% for the forecast
year 2027.

- Weakest link considerations adjustment is applied based on
Diversification and Asset Quality factor and results in an
adjustment of -1 notch(es).

- The Governance assessment of 'Good' results in no adjustment.

- The Operating Environment assessment of 'a+' results in no
adjustment.

- The SCP is 'bb-'.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- EBITDA leverage sustained above 4.0x;

- Deterioration in key fundamentals including revenue, EBITDA
margins or FCF generation.

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Revenue growth sustained in the mid-single digit range or higher
over time;

- EBITDA margins sustained in the mid-teens or higher or positive
FCF over a multi-year horizon;

- EBITDA leverage sustained at or below 3.5x.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Diebold has sufficient liquidity to support its operations and
growth plans in the next few years. As of December 2025, liquidity
is supported by $416 million in cash and equivalents, full
availability of its $310 million senior secured revolver, and
positive FCF generation which Fitch projects could exceed $200
million annually through the forecast.

The company's debt includes an undrawn $310 million senior secured
RCF maturing in 2029 and $950 million in senior secured notes due
in 2030. The RCF ranks pari passu with the secured notes.

Issuer Profile

Diebold Nixdorf, Incorporated (NYSE: DBD) manufactures, services,
and provides software for self-service transaction systems which
primarily include ATMs for financial institutions and SCO products
for retailers. The publicly traded company was founded in 1859 and
is based in North Canton, Ohio.

Date of Relevant Committee

09-Apr-2026

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

Climate Vulnerability Signals

The results of its Climate.VS screener did not indicate an elevated
risk for Diebold Nixdorf, Incorporated.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                  Rating            Recovery   
   -----------                  ------            --------   
Diebold Nixdorf,
Incorporated              LT IDR BB- New Rating

   senior secured         LT     BB+ New Rating    RR1

   USD 950 mln
   7.75% bond/note
   31-Mar-2030            LT     BB+ New Rating    RR1

   USD 310 mln
   Floating SOFR
   revolving credit
   facility 18-Dec-2029   LT     BB+ New Rating    RR1


DKC ENTERPRISES: Amends First Internet Secured Claim Pay
--------------------------------------------------------
DKC Enterprises, LLC, d/b/a Henceforth, DC, submitted a First
Amended Plan of Reorganization dated April 17, 2026.

The Debtor filed its original Plan of Reorganization (the "Original
Plan") on January 27, 2026. This First Amended Plan of
Reorganization amends the Original Plan to reflect two developments
that occurred subsequent to the filing of the Original Plan: (i)
the negotiation of a Second Lease Amendment and Extension of Lease
(the "Second Lease Amendment") between the Debtor and its landlord,
1335 H Street LLC ("Landlord"); and (ii) the settlement between the
Debtor and its secured lender, First Internet Bank of Indiana, with
respect to First Internet's allowed secured claim.

Pursuant to an agreement that it reached with First Internet, the
Debtor believes that First Internet will vote in favor of
confirmation of the Plan with respect to both the First Internet
Secured Claim and First Internet's General Unsecured Claim. Under
these circumstances, the Debtor anticipates that the Plan can be
confirmed consensually pursuant to section 1191(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code. If that were not to occur for some reason, the
Debtor intends to seek confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section
1191(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to each rejecting
Class.

Class 1 consists of First Internet Secured Claim. First Internet
shall receive, as of the Effective Date, the Amended First Internet
Loan in a principal amount equal to the First Internet Secured
Amount. The foregoing treatment shall be in full and final
satisfaction of the First Internet Secured Claim.

Like in the prior iteration of the Plan, the Debtor shall
distribute Pro Rata to the holders of Allowed General Unsecured
Claims in Class 3 all funds constituting the Disposable Income
Payment Amounts, other than any amounts paid or reserved for
payment of (i) the fees and expenses of the Subchapter V Trustee or
the Debtor's Professionals under Article V.B., (ii) amounts due
under the Amended First Internet Loan, and (iii) amounts due for
the Allowed Priority Tax Claim. The foregoing distributions shall
be in full and final satisfaction of the General Unsecured Claims.

Each month, on or before the last day of the month, beginning with
the first full month following the Effective Date, the Reorganized
Debtor shall fully fund the amount of the minimum operating reserve
(the "Operating Reserve") set forth in the Financial Projections
for the following month. The amount of funds, if any, remaining
after (i) payment of all ongoing expenses for the month, including
rent due under the Lease, as amended (ii) payment of the amount due
under the Amended First Internet Loan, (iii) payment of the amount
due to the holder of the Priority Tax Claim, (iv) funding of the
Operating Reserve, and (v) payment of the amount due the Subchapter
V Trustee or the Debtor's Professionals under Article V.B., shall
constitute the "Disposable Income Payment Amount."

The Financial Projections and the obligation to pay the Disposable
Income Payment Amount shall extend until the end of the 36th full
month following the Effective Date (the "Income Distribution
Period"). If the Disposable Income Payment Amount is negative for a
given month, then no Disposable Income Payment Amount shall be paid
for that month, and the negative amount for that month shall carry
over to the following month.

The Reorganized Debtor shall fund distributions using cash on the
balance sheet and cash flow generated from business operations. The
Debtor does not anticipate obtaining new financing arrangements
(other than the Amended First Internet Debt)

If the Reorganized Debtor fails to make any payment of the
Disposable Income Payment Amount and that failure remains uncured
more than ten Business Days after written notice from a holder of
an Allowed Claim, then such holder of the Allowed Claim may file a
notice of the default with the Court. The Reorganized Debtor shall
have thirty days from the filing of a notice of default to file a
response informing the Bankruptcy Court as to how the Reorganized
Debtor intends to cure the default.

Consummation of the Plan is contingent on the Debtor's assumption
of the Lease as amended by the Second Lease Amendment executed by
the Debtor and Landlord. The Debtor has filed a motion (the "Lease
Assumption Motion") to approve its assumption of the Lease, as
amended by the Second Lease Amendment. If the Bankruptcy Court
grants the Lease Assumption Motion, the Lease, as amended by the
Second Lease Amendment, will be assumed by the Debtor and become
effective immediately.

Pursuant to the Lease Assumption Motion, the term of the Lease will
be extended from July 31, 2031 to March 31, 2034, (b) the minimum
monthly rent will be reduced to the amounts set forth in Schedule A
of the Second Lease Amendment, but paid biweekly as opposed to
monthly, and (c) the Reorganized Debtor will pay Landlord on a
bi-weekly basis the cure payments set forth in Schedule A of the
Second Lease Amendment (the "Lease Cure Payments") to satisfy in
full Landlord's Claim for (i) all rent due prior to the Petition
Date (ii) all rent due from the Petition Date to the date of
assumption of the Lease, as amended by the Second Lease Amendment,
and (iii) the amount of the security deposit that was drawn down by
Landlord prepetition, and that must be restored by Debtor pursuant
to the terms of the Second Lease Amendment.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Plan of Reorganization dated
April 17, 2026 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=MAcL7T from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:
    
     Lawrence A. Katz, Esq.
     Hirschler Fleischer, PC
     1676 International Drive, Suite 1350
     Tysons, VA  22102
     Telephone: (703) 584-8362
     E-mail: LKatz@hirschlerlaw.com

                     About DKC Enterprises LLC

DKC Enterprises, LLC, doing business as Henceforth DC, operates a
brewery and wine bar located at 1335 H Street NE in Washington, DC.
It serves handcrafted beers, wines, and other beverages in a
community-oriented venue that also hosts private events and social
gatherings.

DKC Enterprises sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.D.C. Case No. 25-00500) on October 30,
2025, with $3,073,243 in assets and $3,208,735 in liabilities as of
September 30, 2025. Michael Spinello, managing member, signed the
petition.

Judge Elizabeth L. Gunn presides over the case.

Lawrence A. Katz, at Hirschler Fleischer, PC, is serving as the
Debtor's counsel.


DLIGHT REFINERS: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: DLight Refiners, LLC
        7110 Orchard Lake Road, Unit 2022
        West Bloomfield, MI 48322

        Business Description: DLight Refiners is a precious metal
refining company with locations in Hallandale Beach, Florida, and
West Bloomfield, Michigan. The company assays, purchases,
processes, reclaims, and settles precious metal scrap, including
gold, silver, platinum, and palladium materials. It serves the
jewelry industry, including jewelry manufacturers, repair shops,
retail chains, goldsmiths, pawnbrokers, coin dealers, and dental
labs. DLight Refiners provides insured shipping labels and offers
in-person pickup by appointment in select states.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: April 24, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Michigan

Case No.: 26-44709

Debtor's Counsel: Lynn M. Brimer, Esq.
                  STROBL PLLC
                  33 Bloomfield Hills Parkway
                  Suite 125
                  Bloomfield Hills, MI 48304
                  Tel: (248) 540-2300

Total Assets: $10,351

Total Liabilities: $2,906,797

The petition was signed by Dawn Light as president.

A copy of the Debtor's list of its 20 largest unsecured creditors
is available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SW2J7SI/DLight_Refiners_LLC__miebke-26-44709__0003.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SNO6BFA/DLight_Refiners_LLC__miebke-26-44709__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


DS ADMIRAL: Moody's Ups CFR to B2, OUtlook Stable
-------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings upgraded DS Admiral Bidco, LLC's ("the company",
dba "Taxwell") corporate family rating to B2 from B3, and the
probability of default rating to B2-PD from B3-PD. Moody's also
upgraded ratings for its senior secured first lien bank credit
facilities issued by DS Admiral Bidco, LLC and co-borrower Franklin
Cedar Bidco, LLC to B2 from B3. The credit facility consists of a
$220 million senior secured revolving credit facility due 2029 and
$1.1 billion ($986.9 million outstanding as of December 31, 2025)
senior secured term loan due 2031. The outlook is stable.

The upgrade reflects Taxwell's strong operating performance with
improving credit metrics over the last year. Moody's adjusted
leverage declined materially to below 5x as of FY2025 from the low
6x in FY2024, and Moody's expects debt/EBITDA will continue to
decline to the low 4x over the next year with earnings growth. The
B2 CFR reflects Moody's expectations that leverage will be
maintained below 5.5x, even with any re-leveraging transactions.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B2 CFR reflects the company's moderately high leverage with LTM
debt/EBITDA of about 4.6x (Moody's adjusted). Moody's expects
leverage will decline to the low 4x range over the next year with
earnings growth. Taxwell was created by its private equity owner as
a combination of professional tax software Drake Software and
TaxAct. The rating also reflects its small scale with roughly $474
million of revenue in 2025, and a competitive industry that is
exposed to technological and regulatory risks. Taxwell's
do-it-yourself ("DIY") and professional segments compete against
industry giant Intuit Inc. (A3 stable), as well as H&R Block (Block
Financial LLC, Baa3 stable) and other players. Additionally, the
rating reflects the company's concentrated equity ownership.

Taxwell benefits from a stable revenue base and sticky software
solutions with strong customer retention rates, around the mid 90%
and mid 80% for the professional and DIY segments, respectively.
The US tax services industry grows at a low single-digit pace over
time, linked to household formations, but Taxwell believes it can
maintain its high single-digit revenue growth by implementing
annual price increases, shifting its customer base towards higher
income clients and introducing new products, such as assisted DIY
solutions. Strong profitability rates and high operating leverage
also support the credit profile.

Moody's views Taxwell's liquidity as good, supported by a cash
balance of approximately $28 million as of December 31, 2025 as
well as Moody's expectations of strong free cash flow generation
exceeding $100 million over the next year. Liquidity is further
supported by the company's $220 million senior secured revolving
credit facility due 2029, which mitigates the highly seasonal
nature of Taxwell's revenue and cash flow profile. Consistent with
the tax filing calendar, operating cash flow is strongly positive
during the first half of the calendar year, while the second half
typically generates cash flow deficits. The revolver includes a
springing first lien leverage covenant, which is only tested once
revolver borrowings exceed 40% of capacity. There are no financial
covenants associated with the term loan.

The B2 instrument ratings for the first lien credit facility
(revolver and term loan) are in-line with the B2 CFR, reflecting
the preponderance of debt represented by the term loan and
revolver. The revolving credit facility and term loan are
guaranteed by the borrower's wholly owned domestic material
restricted subsidiaries, as defined in the credit agreement, and
are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially
all assets of the borrower and guarantors, subject to customary
exclusions.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations for mid-single
digit or higher revenue growth over the next 12-18 months, with
stable to improving margins. The stable outlook also reflects
Moody's expectations that leverage will be maintained below 5.5x
even with any re-leveraging transaction, and that the company will
maintain its good liquidity profile with healthy free cash flow
generation.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if the company sustains stable
revenue growth rates over time and expands reported profitability
and cash flow generation, reflecting a strong competitive position.
An upgrade would also require Moody's expectations that the company
will employ more conservative financial policies over time, such
that debt/EBITDA remains below 4x and free cash flow-to-debt is
maintained above 10%.

The ratings could be downgraded if operating performance
deteriorates or if the company employs aggressive financial
policies that result in leverage exceeding 5.5x, free cash flow to
debt declining below 5%, and a weakening of its liquidity profile.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Software
published in December 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.

DS Admiral Bidco, LLC (dba Taxwell) is a North Carolina-based
provider of tax preparation software to professional tax preparers
and digital Do-It-Yourself (DIY) consumer and small business
customers. The company was formed in December 2022 as a result of
the Drake Software and TaxAct Inc. combination. The company is
owned and controlled by private equity sponsor Cinven. The company
reported $474 million of revenue in 2025.


ELITE EQUIPMENT: Unsecureds to Get Share of Creditors' Trust
------------------------------------------------------------
Elite Equipment Leasing LLC and affiliates filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Montana a Disclosure Statement
describing Joint Plan of Reorganization dated April 17, 2026.

The Debtors operate on an affiliated basis under the general trade
name "Reliable Crane Service." The Debtors own and operate cranes
and related equipment for use in construction projects of various
sizes across multiple states.

As of the Petition Date, the Debtors employed approximately 194
full-time employees across their various locations, including their
headquarters in Anaheim, California and other work yards and
offices in California, Nevada, Arizona and Texas.

Chapter 11 allows a debtor to propose a plan. A plan may provide
for a debtor to reorganize by continuing to operate, to liquidate
by selling assets of the estate, or a combination of both. The
Debtors' Plan here does both and is comprised of the following
basic features:

     * The Debtors will reorganize their business and emerge from
bankruptcy as a smaller operation, which the Debtors believe will
be more efficient and profitable;

     * The Debtors will sell certain equipment assets to reduce the
Debtors' total debt load and expenses;

     * The net proceeds of the equipment sales will be used to pay
down or satisfy certain Allowed Secured Claims;

     * The Debtors will obtain $22.5 million in new "Exit
Financing" from Secured Creditors and current DIP lenders CFI and
CCG;

     * Approximately $15 million of the Exit Financing will be used
to pay off the senior liens on equipment that the Debtors are
retaining;

     * Approximately $7.5 million of the Exit Financing will be
used by the Debtors for working capital needs and to pay certain
required payments due under the Plan on or near the Effective
Date;

     * Accounts receivable generated prior to confirmation of the
Plan will be collected by the Debtors into a lockbox account and
used to pay down the Debtors' obligations to CFI under its DIP
loan;

     * A Creditors' Trust will be established for the benefit of
unsecured creditors. Creditors will hold beneficial interests in
the liquidating trust based on the Allowed amount of their Claims.
The Creditors' Trust will receive the following assets: (a)
quarterly payments by the Reorganized Debtors over a period of
three years totaling $1 million; (b) Avoidance Actions and other
Causes of Action that could result in additional funds; and

     * Current Interest Holders will retain their equity interests
in the Reorganized Debtors.

Class 44A consists of the General Unsecured Claims against Elite.
The Debtors estimate that, after removing duplicative and clearly
erroneous claims, the total General Unsecured Claims for Classes
44A through 44F total approximately $19.6 million, not counting (1)
any potential deficiency claims resulting from secured creditors
that may turn out to be undersecured, (2) claims resulting from the
rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases under the
Plan, or (3) claims resulting from the potential avoidance of liens
or avoidable transfers. This number also does not account for
potential substantive objections to claims that could be brought.

On the Effective Date, each Unsecured Creditor, to the extent it
has an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, shall receive its pro rata
share of the beneficial interests in the Creditors' Trust in full
satisfaction, settlement, and in exchange for their Allowed Claims.
This Class is impaired.

Class 44B consists of General Unsecured Claims against Reliable
Construction. The Debtors estimate that, after removing duplicative
and clearly erroneous claims, the total General Unsecured Claims
for Classes 44A through 44F total approximately $19.6 million, not
counting (1) any potential deficiency claims resulting from secured
creditors that may turn out to be undersecured, (2) claims
resulting from the rejection of executory contracts or unexpired
leases under the Plan, or (3) claims resulting from the potential
avoidance of liens or avoidable transfers. This number also does
not account for potential substantive objections to claims that
could be brought.

On the Effective Date, each Unsecured Creditor, to the extent it
has an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, shall receive its pro rata
share of the beneficial interests in the Creditors' Trust in full
satisfaction, settlement, and in exchange for their Allowed Claims.
This Class is impaired.

Class 44C consists of General Unsecured Claims against Reliable
Crane. The Debtors estimate that, after removing duplicative and
clearly erroneous claims, the total General Unsecured Claims for
Classes 44A through 44F total approximately $19.6 million, not
counting (1) any potential deficiency claims resulting from secured
creditors that may turn out to be undersecured, (2) claims
resulting from the rejection of executory contracts or unexpired
leases under the Plan, or (3) claims resulting from the potential
avoidance of liens or avoidable transfers. This number also does
not account for potential substantive objections to claims that
could be brought.

On the Effective Date, each Unsecured Creditor, to the extent it
has an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, shall receive its pro rata
share of the beneficial interests in the Creditors' Trust in full
satisfaction, settlement, and in exchange for their Allowed Claims.
This Class is impaired.

Class 44D consists of General Unsecured Claims against Champion
Holdings. The Debtors estimate that, after removing duplicative and
clearly erroneous claims, the total General Unsecured Claims for
Classes 44A through 44F total approximately $19.6 million, not
counting (1) any potential deficiency claims resulting from secured
creditors that may turn out to be undersecured, (2) claims
resulting from the rejection of executory contracts or unexpired
leases under the Plan, or (3) claims resulting from the potential
avoidance of liens or avoidable transfers. This number also does
not account for potential substantive objections to claims that
could be brought.

On the Effective Date, each Unsecured Creditor, to the extent it
has an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, shall receive its pro rata
share of the beneficial interests in the Creditors' Trust in full
satisfaction, settlement, and in exchange for their Allowed Claims.
This Class is impaired.

Class 44E consists of General Unsecured Claims against Champion
Rental. The Debtors estimate that, after removing duplicative and
clearly erroneous claims, the total General Unsecured Claims for
Classes 44A through 44F total approximately $19.6 million, not
counting (1) any potential deficiency claims resulting from secured
creditors that may turn out to be undersecured, (2) claims
resulting from the rejection of executory contracts or unexpired
leases under the Plan, or (3) claims resulting from the potential
avoidance of liens or avoidable transfers. This number also does
not account for potential substantive objections to claims that
could be brought.

On the Effective Date, each Unsecured Creditor, to the extent it
has an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, shall receive its pro rata
share of the beneficial interests in the Creditors' Trust in full
satisfaction, settlement, and in exchange for their Allowed Claims.
This Class is impaired.

Class 44F consists of General Unsecured Claims against Reliable
Phoenix. The Debtors estimate that, after removing duplicative and
clearly erroneous claims, the total General Unsecured Claims for
Classes 44A through 44F total approximately $19.6 million, not
counting (1) any potential deficiency claims resulting from secured
creditors that may turn out to be undersecured, (2) claims
resulting from the rejection of executory contracts or unexpired
leases under the Plan, or (3) claims resulting from the potential
avoidance of liens or avoidable transfers. This number also does
not account for potential substantive objections to claims that
could be brought.

On the Effective Date, each Unsecured Creditor, to the extent it
has an Allowed General Unsecured Claim, shall receive its pro rata
share of the beneficial interests in the Creditors' Trust in full
satisfaction, settlement, and in exchange for their Allowed Claims.
This Class is impaired.

The funding for the distributions and obligations under the Plan
and the Reorganized Debtors' working capital needs will be derived
in primary part, if not exclusively, from the following: (1) the
Debtors' Cash on hand as of the Effective Date; (2) Cash that will
be generated from the Reorganized Debtors' operations after the
Effective Date; (3) proceeds from the sale of assets; (4) the Exit
Financing; and (5) any proceeds of Causes of Action, including
Avoidance Actions.

To the extent the funds in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are
greater than the amount needed to pay Allowed Professional Fee
Administrative Claims, such excess funds shall be transferred to
the Reorganized Debtors free of any restrictions contained in the
Professional Fee Escrow Account agreement or prior order of the
Court.

The primary funding mechanism for the Plan and the Reorganized
Debtors' working capital needs will be from a financing facility in
the amount of $22,500,000 to be provided by CFI and CCG (the "Exit
Financing").

Approximately $15 million of the proceeds of the Exit Financing
will be used to satisfy the Allowed Secured Claims of certain
equipment lenders whose Collateral the Reorganized Debtors intend
to retain. The remaining approximately $7.5 million of the Exit
Financing will be used to make other payments due on or near the
Effective Date required by the Plan and for the Reorganized
Debtors' working capital needs.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated April 17, 2026
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=1b0biJ from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     James A. Patten, Esq.
     Molly S. Considine, Esq.
     PATTEN, PETERMAN, BEKKEDAHL & GREEN PLLC
     401 N. 31st Street, Suite 800
     P.O. Box 7207
     Billings, MT 59103
     Telephone: (406) 252-8500
     Facsimile: (406) 294-9500
     Email: apatten@ppbglaw.com
            Mconsidine@ppbglaw.com

     Matthew A. Lesnick (pro hac vice)
     Christopher E. Prince (pro hac vice)
     Kaitlyn M. Husar (pro hac vice)
     Lisa R. Patel (pro hac vice)
     LESNICK PRINCE PAPPAS & ALVERSON LLP
     315 W. Ninth Street, Suite 705
     Los Angeles, CA 90015
     Telephone: (213) 493-6496
     Facsimile: (213) 493-6596
     Email: matt@lesnickprince.com
            cprince@lesnickprince.com
            khusar@lesnickprince.com
            lpatel@lesnickprince.com

                     About Elite Equipment Leasing

Elite Equipment Leasing LLC is a Billings, Montana-based crane
rental group.

Elite Equipment Leasing sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mon. Case No. 25-10145) on Sept. 7,
2025.  In its petition, the Debtor estimated assets and liabilities
between $10 million and $50 million.  
        
The Debtors are represented by James A. Patten, Esq. at Patten,
Peterman, Bekkedahl & Green, PLLC and Lesnick Prince Pappas &
Alverson LLP.  Garrett Stiepel Ryder LLP is the Debtors' Special
Corporate and Transactional Counsel.  Curt Kroll of
SierraConstellationPartners LLC is the Debtors' Financial Advisor.
Epiq Corporate Restructuring LLC is the Debtors' claims agent.


ENVUE MEDICAL: Christian Michael Glibert Holds 6.5% Equity Stake
----------------------------------------------------------------
Christian Michael Glibert, disclosed in a Schedule 13D/A (Amendment
No. 1) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that
as of January 14, 2026, he beneficially owns 240,000 shares of
Common Stock, held with sole voting and dispositive power, of ENvue
Medical, Inc.'s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share,
representing 6.5% of the 3,700,908 shares of outstanding Common
Stock.

Mr. Glibert may be reached at:

     4001 Green Heron Spring Drive,
     Carpinteria, CA, 93013
     Tel: 740-507-7228

A full-text copy of Glibert Christian Michael's SEC report is
available at: https://tinyurl.com/47bssp63

                        About ENvue Medical

ENvue Medical, Inc. (formerly known as NanoVibronix, Inc.) operates
as a medical device company. The Company focuses on non-invasive
biological response-activating devices that target wound healing
and pain therapy. ENvue Medical develops medical devices based on
its proprietary therapeutic ultrasound technology.

Tel-Aviv, Israel-based Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, the Company's
auditor since 2025, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated April 15, 2026, attached to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, citing
that the Company has suffered recurring losses and negative cash
flows from operations, and has stated that substantial doubt exists
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $41.1 million in total
assets, $7.6 million in total liabilities, and $33.5 million in
total stockholders' equity.



ER OF TEXAS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------
ER of Texas, LLC and its affiliates received another extension from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort
Worth Division, to use cash collateral to fund operations.

The court entered a third interim order authorizing the Debtors to
use cash collateral in accordance with their budget (subject to a
10% variance) through the earlier of (i) entry of a final order,
(ii) the termination of the interim order, or (c) the occurrence of
so-called termination event.

Termination events include the Debtors' failure to comply with any
material term of the interim order; actual disbursements exceeding
the budget beyond the permitted variance; dismissal or conversion
of any Chapter 11 case to Chapter 7; appointment of a trustee or
examiner with expanded powers; and modification of the interim
order without lender consent.

As protection, the pre-bankruptcy secured creditors will be granted
replacement liens on all of the Debtors' assets excluding Chapter 5
causes of action. In case of any diminution in the value of their
collateral, the secured creditors will receive an allowed
superpriority administrative expense claim against the Debtors'
estates.

Additionally, the Debtors must make monthly payments to Newtek
(about $178,493.61 starting May) and cover certain professional
fees.

The secured creditors are Encore Bank (senior secured lender),
Newtek Business Services Holdco 6, Inc. (junior secured lender),
and various merchant cash advance lenders, all of which hold liens
on most of the Debtors' assets. Encore holds a first-priority lien,
Newtek is subordinate to Encore, and the MCA Lenders hold junior or
subordinated interests.

A final hearing is set for May 18.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/Ajon2 from PacerMonitor.com.

                  About ER of Texas LLC

ER of Texas, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 26-40606) on February
10, 2026. In the petition signed by Ron Walraven, manager, the
Debtor disclosed up to $100 million in assets and up to $50 million
in liabilities.

Richard Grant, Esq., at CM Law LLP, represents the Debtor as legal
counsel.


EVONA LLC: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
---------------------------------------
Evona, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Massachusetts, Eastern Division, for authority to use cash
collateral.

Evona, which owns a gas station in Wilmington, Mass., plans to use
incoming revenue to cover expenses, including mortgage payments to
secured creditor, BrightBridge Credit Union. It argues that access
to this cash is critical to sustaining business operations, paying
employees and expenses, and enabling a successful reorganization
under Chapter 11.

To maintain operations, Evona proposes a 30-day budget for using
cash collateral and offers protection to BrightBridge by granting
replacement liens on post-petition assets and continuing regular
payments.

BrightBridge holds a first mortgage on the property and liens on
the business' assets, with an outstanding loan balance of about
$640,000. The situation is complicated by a separate loan taken out
by a trust connected to Evona's manager, Walid Eldayha, which went
into default.

BrightBridge claims that this default triggers a cross-default
provision, making Evona liable as well, even though Evona disputes
this claim and was not directly involved in that loan.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=7ge66i
from PacerMonitor.com.

                          About Evona LLC

Evona LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 26-10699) on March 30,
2026, listing as much as $50,000 in both assets and liabilities.
Stephen Gray of Gray & Company, LLC serves as Subchapter V
trustee.

George J. Nader, Esq., at Riley & Dever, P.C. represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


FIRSTCASH INC: S&P Rates New $600MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB'
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB' issue rating and '3' recovery
rating to FirstCash Inc.'s proposed issuance of $600 million senior
secured notes due 2034. FirstCash Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary
of FirstCash Holdings Inc. (BB/Stable/--). The '3' recovery rating
indicates its expectation of meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate:
60%) recovery in the event of a default.

S&P said, "We expect the company to use the net proceeds from this
issuance to primarily repay outstanding drawings on its senior
unsecured U.S. revolving credit facility ($559 million outstanding
as of Dec. 31, 2025). Therefore, we view the transaction as
leverage neutral.

"FirstCash ended 2025 with leverage of 3.0x, which is at our
downside threshold. However, we do not expect the proposed
transaction to immediately affect our rating or outlook on the
company. This is because we expect revenue and EBITDA growth in
2026, owing to higher pawn receivables, favorable gold price, new
pawn stores, and stable origination volumes at subsidiary American
First Finance Inc., which we believe will support modest
deleveraging. Pro forma for the issuance, we expect FirstCash to
operate with leverage in the mid- to high-2.0x range in 2026.

"We could lower our ratings on the company if leverage exceeds 3.0x
on a sustained basis. This could occur if the company draws
meaningfully on the revolving credit facility to fund operations or
dilutive acquisitions, or if earnings deteriorate because of less
favorable market conditions."

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- A default on the company's debt obligations would most likely
be from financial pressures caused by a severe deterioration in
U.S. operations because of unexpected regulatory changes or
operational issues.

-- S&P values the company on a going-concern basis using a 5.0x
multiple of our projected emergence EBITDA, which is largely in
line with our recovery multiple for other finance company peers.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2031
-- EBITDA at emergence: $392 million
-- EBITDA multiple: 5.0x

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $1.86
billion

-- Secured and other priority claims: $116 million

-- Total value available to unsecured claims: $1.75 billion

-- Senior unsecured debt and pari passu claims: $2.84 billion

-- Recovery range: 50%-70% (rounded estimate: 60%)



FLOURISH RESTAURANTS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------------
Flourish Restaurants, LLC received interim approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta
Division, to use cash collateral.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral until the next hearing scheduled for May 19 in
accordance with an approved budget. The Debtor may modify the line
items by no more than 15% and carry over any unused budgeted
amount.

As adequate protection for any diminution in the value of their
collateral, the U.S. Small Business Administration, North State
Bank, and WebBank will be granted a replacement lien on all of the
Debtor's post-petition assets similar to their pre-petition
collateral, with the same validity and priority as their
pre-petition lien.

The Debtor identifies several potential secured creditors with
liens on its assets, including the SBA, North State Bank and
WebBank, as well as contractual arrangements involving Toast, Inc.
and its affiliate Toast Capital, which process the restaurant's
credit card payments.

Under a merchant loan agreement with WebBank, a portion of the
Debtor's daily sales is withheld, and in the event of default, up
to 100% of revenues could be diverted -- an outcome the Debtor
argues would be devastating to operations. To address this, the
court ordered WebBank, Toast, Inc., Toast Capital and related
entities to cease any withholding under the merchant loan
agreement.

The order is available at https://is.gd/xPpi1R from
PacerMonitor.com.

                  About Flourish Restaurants LLC

Flourish Restaurants, LLC, doing business as Foundation Social
Eatery, is a restaurant in Alpharetta, Georgia that serves dishes
rooted in classic French technique and seasonal ingredients.
Founded by Chef Mel Toledo and his wife Sandy, it offers handmade
pastas, cocktails and mocktails, and includes an open kitchen and
chef's table.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 26-55162) on April 17,
2026. In the petition signed by Sandra Toledo, manager, the Debtor
disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Jonathan W. Jordan oversees the case.

Thomas T. McClendon, Esq., at Jones & Walden, LLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


FLOURISH RESTAURANTS: Hires PB&J Strategic Accounting as Accountant
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Flourish Restaurants, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Georgia to hire Brittany
Ferguson, CPA of PB&J Strategic Accounting to serve as accountant.

The professional will provide these services:

(a) weekly meetings with Debtor's members;

(b) review of Debtor's books; and

(c) other work done as requested by the Debtor.

The firm will charge an hourly rate of $90 for work performed as
Debtor's outside comptroller.

PB&J Strategic Accounting and Brittany Ferguson, CPA is a
"disinterested person" within the meaning of Section 101(14) of the
Bankruptcy Code, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

  Brittany Ferguson, CPA
  PB&J Strategic Accounting
  1845 Town Center Blvd. Suite #205
  Fleming Island, FL 32003
  E-mail: info@pbjsa.com

                                     About Flourish Restaurants,
LLC

Flourish Restaurants, LLC, doing business as Foundation Social
Eatery, is a restaurant in Alpharetta, Georgia that serves dishes
rooted in classic French technique and seasonal ingredients.
Founded by Chef Mel Toledo and
his wife Sandy, it offers handmade pastas, cocktails and mocktails,
and includes an open kitchen and chef's table.

Flourish Restaurants, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. N.D. Ga. Case No. 26-55162-jwj) on April
17, 2026.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$0 to $50,000 and liabilities of between $1,000,001 to $10
million.

Judge Jonathan W. Jordan oversees the case.

Jones & Walden LLC is Debtor's legal counsel.


GENERIC MANUFACTURING: Seeks to Tap Michael Jay Berger as Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Generic Manufacturing Corporation, Inc. seeks approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California to
employ Michael Jay Berger, Esq. of the Law Offices of Michael Jay
Berger to serve as general bankruptcy counsel.

Michael Jay Berger, Esq. will provide these services:

(a) representing the Debtor in Chapter 11 proceedings and advising
of its legal rights and remedies;

(b) negotiating with attorneys for unsecured creditors;

(c) negotiating with creditors;

(d) representing Debtor at related hearings;

(e) assisting Debtor in complying with Office of the United States
Trustee rules and regulations;

(f) assisting in paperwork preparation to continue and conclude
this chapter 11 proceeding;

(g) responding to creditor inquiries;

(h) reviewing proofs of claims filed in this bankruptcy
proceeding;

(i) preparing Notices of Automatic Stay in all State Court
proceedings in which Debtor is sued during pendency of the
bankruptcy;

(j) responding to Motions filed in Debtor's bankruptcy; and

(k) objecting to inappropriate claims and prepare the Plan of
Reorganization.

The firm's attorneys will be paid at these hourly rates:

        Michael Jay Berger         $695
        Sofya Davtyan              $645
        Kevin Ronk                 $595
        Laura Portillo             $595  
        Robert Poteete             $475

The services of bankruptcy senior paralegals and law clerks will be
at billed at $275/hr. and bankruptcy paralegals at $200/hr.

The Law Offices of Michael Jay Berger is a "disinterested person"
within the meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code,
according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Michael Jay Berger, Esq.
Sofya Davtyan, Esq.
LAW OFFICES OF MICHAEL JAY BERGER
9454 Wilshire Blvd. 6th Floor
Beverly Hills, CA 90212-2929
Telephone: (310) 271-6223
Facsimile: (310) 271-9805
E-mail: Michael.Berger@bankruptcypower.com
         Sofya.Davtyan@bankruptcypower.com

                                          About Generic
Manufacturing Corporation, Inc.

Generic Manufacturing Corporation, Inc. manufactures packaging and
bottling machinery serving multiple industries globally.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 6:26-bk-12720-SY) on
April 8, 2026. In the petition signed by Lonnie Belts, president,
the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and up to $1 million
in liabilities.

Judge Scott H. Yun oversees the case.

Michael Jay Berger, Esq., at Law Offices of Michael Jay Berger,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


GUNTER LAND: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
----------------------------------------------
Debtor: Gunter Land NTX, LLC
        4851 LBJ Freeway
        Suite 350
        Dallas,TX 75244

        Business Description: Gunter Land NTX, LLC is a
Dallas-based real estate company associated with property ownership
and land-related activity in North Texas. The company, whose listed
address is in Dallas, is linked to property in Van Alstyne, Grayson
County, Texas.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: April 24, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Texas

Case No.: 26-41416

Debtor's Counsel: Eric T. Haitz, Esq.
                  BONDS ELLIS EPPICH SCHAFER JONES LLP
                  420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 1000
                  Fort Worth, TX 76102
                  Tel: 817-405-6900
                  E-mail: eric.haitz@bondsellis.com

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Donald Craig Barrow as authorized
member.

The Debtor did not submit a list of its 20 largest unsecured
creditors along with the petition.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/HW7J2HI/GUNTER_LAND_NTX_LLC__txebke-26-41416__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


HEXCEL CORP: S&P Rates Proposed $400MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB+'
-------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' issue level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Hexcel Corp.'s proposed $400 million senior
unsecured notes due in 2031. The '3' recovery rating indicates its
expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate 50%) recovery
in the event of a hypothetical default situation.

S&P expects Hexcel to use proceeds for repayment of its $400
million, 3.95% senior unsecured notes due in 2027. S&P's 'BB+'
issuer credit rating and stable outlook on Hexcel are unchanged.

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- Hexcel's pro forma capital structure consists of a $750 million
revolver due in 2031 (not rated), $300 million unsecured notes due
in 2035, and the proposed $400 million unsecured notes due in
2031.

-- Other default assumptions include SOFR of 3.5% and the revolver
85% drawn at default.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Year of default: 2031
-- EBITDA at emergence: $150 million
-- EBITDA multiple: 5x

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $788
million

-- Obligor/nonobligor split: 53%/47%

-- Unsecured debt claims: $1.4 billion

-- Collateral value available to unsecured claim: $788 million

    --Recovery expectations: 50%-70% (rounded estimate: 50%)



HONEY DO: Court Says 3-Year Payment Term to Burden Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Rachel Ralston Manel of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Tennessee issued a memorandum with respect to
the confirmation of Honey Do Franchising Group, Inc.'s plan of
reorganization.

The debtor Honey Do Franchising Group, Inc., is a franchisor of
businesses providing residential and commercial handyman services
under the Honey Do trade name. Thomas Bradley Fluke is the
corporation's sole shareholder and chief executive officer. His
wife, Katharine Irene Fluke, is the corporation's chief operating
officer. Together the couple oversee the daily operations of the
debtor, with Mrs. Fluke primarily focusing on financial and
bookkeeping matters.

The debtor seeks confirmation of its plan of reorganization and to
assume an unexpired commercial property lease for its place of
business. Those efforts are opposed by 5 Talents, Inc., a former
owner and operator of Honey Do franchises, and Roland W. Baggott
III, who previously represented Honey Do in disputes with 5
Talents. The debtor leases its headquarters location from the
Flukes' company Investment Properties Improvements, LLC. The debtor
has asked to assume its current lease if its plan is confirmed.
Like the present lease, the debtor's former locations were also
leased from Mr. or Mrs. Fluke or from companies they owned.

5 Talents' business relationship with the debtor began in 2019 when
5 Talents purchased three existing Honey Do franchises covering the
regions of Kingsport, Tennessee, Johnson City, Tennessee, and
Bristol, Tennessee/Virginia. The debtor and 5 Talents entered into
new franchise agreements in 2020 that consolidated the agreement
terms for these separate locations and added the region of
Abingdon, Virginia. The relationship turned acrimonious to such a
degree that in January 2022, 5 Talents filed a lawsuit in the
Chancery Court for Sullivan County, Tennessee, against the debtor,
Mr. Fluke, and Freedom Enterprize, Inc., a company owned by Mr.
Fluke that was a party to 5 Talents' purchase of the Bristol
franchise. Among other relief sought in the state court action, 5
Talents requested a declaration that each of the franchise
agreements and the asset purchase agreement for the Bristol
franchise were void.

The following month the debtor terminated 5 Talents' franchise
agreements and, along with Mr. Fluke and Freedom Enterprize,
instituted an arbitration proceeding for resolution of the parties'
dispute. The state court granted the debtor's motion to compel
arbitration of the issues raised in the state court litigation. The
debtor also filed a lawsuit against 5 Talents in the United States
District Court for the Western District of Virginia seeking to
enjoin 5 Talents' use of the Honey Do mark and related items. The
parties agreed to the entry of a permanent injunction that resolved
the district court litigation.

An eight-day arbitration hearing was conducted in May and June of
2023 in Washington, D.C., after which the arbitrator found that the
debtor had breached the franchise agreements by terminating them
without an opportunity for cure, and that Mr. Fluke on behalf of
the debtor had engaged in competitive activities causing a breach
of the Bristol franchise asset purchase agreement An interim award
in favor of 5 Talents was entered against the debtor in September
2023 in the gross amount of $1,123,086. After deducting $344,086.68
that 5 Talents owed under the Bristol asset purchase agreement, the
interim award was reduced to $778,999.32. However, the final
arbitration award in February 2024 adding 5 Talents' costs and
attorney fees of $573,911.33 brought the total up to $1,352,910.65.
The following month the United States District Court for the
Western District of Virginia confirmed the award and entered
judgment for 5 Talents against the debtor in that amount plus
interest at the judgment rate.

Concerned that 5 Talents would begin execution of the judgment, the
debtor filed a chapter 11 bankruptcy petition on June 14, 2024,
seeking to reorganize under subchapter V.  Talents, by far the
largest creditor of the debtor, filed an unsecured claim in the
amount of $1,382,796.82.  Baggott filed an unsecured claim in the
amount of $58,181.94 for legal fees in representing the debtor in
the state and federal actions and in the arbitration proceedings.
Four other law firms also filed unsecured claims for representation
of the debtor totaling $82,567.87. The Tennessee Department of
Revenue and Regions Bank were the only other creditors to file
unsecured claims. The Department of Revenue's claim of $35.67 is
for penalty and interest associated with sales and use tax of which
$1.82 is a priority claim. The Bank's claim for $53,563.75 arises
from a line of credit.

According to the plan, the other unsecured debts are those
scheduled by the debtor for Barry Knepper CPA, Trinity Valuation
Consulting Group, PLC, and Mr. Fluke in the respective amounts of
$1,500, $18,523, and $78,583.91. Regarding the debt owed to Mr.
Fluke, the parties' joint prehearing statement filed on April 22,
2025, stipulates that "Thomas Bradley Fluke, the sole shareholder
of the Debtor, holds a general unsecured claim in the amount of
$78,583.91 that is not included in the total general unsecured
claims pool amount." From this stipulation the court concludes that
the unsecured debt owed to Mr. Fluke will be subordinated to the
remaining unsecured claims, and Mr. Fluke will not receive any
payment on that indebtedness during the term of the plan. Excluding
the debt to Mr. Fluke from the pool, the unsecured debt addressed
by the debtor's plan totals $1,597,169.05. The debtor's only
secured creditor is the United States Small Business Administration
whose proof of claim in the amount of $512,708.66 states that it is
fully secured by all the debtor's property.

The debtor filed its plan of reorganization and motion to assume
its lease on September 12, 2024. The plan divides non-priority
unsecured claims into two classes -- one for 5 Talents and one for
all the others -- and proposes to use all the debtor's disposable
income to pay the claims pro rata over a 3-year term. Both 5
Talents and Baggott challenge the debtor's liquidation analysis and
insist that the plan has not been proposed in good faith. On the
latter issue, Baggott maintains that the debtor hid assets by not
scheduling values for intangibles, and 5 Talents asserts that the
debtor filed bankruptcy only to evade paying the judgment. 5
Talents and Baggott contend the debtor breached its fiduciary duty
to maximize the estate, respectively, in not avoiding prepetition
transfers and in failing to timely update its FDD. 5 Talents
objects to its separate classification in the plan, questions the
accuracy of the debtor's projected disposable income and expenses,
and insists the plan is not fair and equitable in the treatment of
5 Talents' claim because the debtor is not paying projected
disposable income over a maximum 5-year term.

The debtor's request to assume the lease at 1600 West State Street
is made contingent on the plan being confirmed. 5 Talents, the only
party to object to the debtor's assumption of the lease, does so on
the basis that Mr. Fluke owns the lessor Investment Properties
Improvements, LLC. 5 Talents points out that the debtor currently
pays $1,935 per month in rent, significantly more than the $800 per
month rent at its previous location, and that the debtor's
disposable income projections show the rent increasing to $3,800
per month. 5 Talents states that such self-dealing on the part of
the Debtor appears contrary to the Debtor's obligations as a
fiduciary to its creditors and beneficial only to the Debtor's
insiders.

5 Talents' position is that the debtor's actions over the course of
its business relationship with 5 Talents, then after the
arbitrator's initial award, and now during this bankruptcy case
demonstrate that the plan was not proposed in good faith.

5 Talents next asserts the debtor's exploration of bankruptcy
before the final judgment was entered and the debtor's failure to
make a reasonable offer of settlement after the final judgment was
entered also prove that the purpose of the bankruptcy is only to
evade the judgment.

According to the court, there was nothing improper by the debtor
considering the option of reorganization during the course of the
parties' dispute or thereafter. Because the debtor had no means of
paying the judgment of more than $1.3 million either from its
assets or as a going concern, the debtor had little choice but to
file chapter 11. That the debtor could have managed all its debts
other than the judgment outside of bankruptcy does not prove the
debtor has not proposed its plan in good faith. One of the primary
purposes of chapter 11 is to preserve the business as a going
concern, and that is being served by the debtor's bankruptcy filing
and proposed plan of reorganization.

Concerning maximization of the estate, the other primary purpose of
chapter 11, 5 Talents and Baggott respectively assert the debtor
breached its fiduciary duty by not avoiding prepetition transfers
and by not updating its franchise disclosure document ("FDD").  5
Talents points to the debtor's payment of all litigation and
arbitration fees as an instance of the Flukes inappropriately
benefitting at the creditors' expense.

The court finds the debtor's motives in formulating the plan appear
to be a sincere attempt of reorganization to preserve the company
that will fairly achieve a result consistent with the objectives
and purposes of the Bankruptcy Code. The evidence establishes that
the debtor must be reorganized to sustain its business, and
reorganization is the most effective way to create value for
creditors. Concerning its fiduciary duty to maximize the estate for
the benefit of creditors, the court finds no breach. 5 Talents'
assertion that the SBA's secured status may be avoided to increase
the estate has not been foreclosed. The court concludes that
considering the totality of the circumstances and as required by
Sec. 1129(a)(3), the plan has been proposed in good faith and not
by any means forbidden by law.

5 Talents and Baggott assert that they will not receive under the
plan what they otherwise would if the debtor were liquated in a
chapter 7 case. According to the court, if the case were converted
to chapter 7 and an appointed trustee sought to avoid the
perfection of the SBA's lien, the trustee would immediately be
faced with an illiquid estate and the daunting tasks of both
funding the operation of the business and litigation with the SBA.


On the claims side, with the inclusion of the $512,708.66 unsecured
claim of the SBA and the $78,538.91 unsecured claim of Mr. Fluke,
the hypothetical chapter 7 unsecured creditor pool would swell from
$1,597,169.05 to $2,188,416.62. 5 Talents' claim would then be 63%
of the pool and Baggott's claim 2.6% of the pool. To exceed the
amounts of $32,607.49 and $1,362.61 that 5 Talents and Baggott will
be paid under the plan, the hypothetical chapter 7 trustee would
have to distribute more than $51,757.92 to creditors. Neither a
sale as a going concern nor a sale of the assets individually will
generate such a distribution in chapter 7. The court finds the
debtor has met its burden under 11 U.S.C. Sec. 1129(a)(7).

The plan separately classifies the SBA's allowed secured claim and
5 Talents' allowed unsecured claim. Section 1122(a) requires
separate classification because the claims are not substantially
similar. Because the two classes are dissimilar, the plan does not
discriminate unfairly between the treatment of the SBA's class and
that of 5 Talents.

The court agrees with the debtor that its financial projections are
reasonable and soundly based on historical performance.
Accordingly, the plan is distributing all the debtor's projected
disposable income.

The remaining question is whether the period of distribution be the
3-year term the debtor has proposed or a greater term. According to
the court, 5 Talents correctly points out that under a 3-year plan
the $230,000 projected expense over that term for lead generation
and the FDD is being borne by the unsecured creditors with little
to no benefit for them in net revenue. While the court does not
question the debtor's business judgment for the amount it has
allocated, the significant increase does reinforce 5 Talents'
position that the creditors are now having to bear a much greater
burden under the projection of expenses than the debtor was
incurring prior its bankruptcy filing. Unlike a 3- year term, a
5-year term may likely result in shifting some of the benefit from
the sales of new franchises to unsecured creditors.

In determining whether the plan is fair and equitable, the court
first concluded that the plan as proposed provides that all the
debtor's projected disposable income received in a 3-year period is
being applied to make payments under the plan and now secondly
concludes the plan must extend for a maximum 5-year term. The
dilemma then is how the court may confirm the debtor's plan for a
5-year term without evidence of projected disposable income for the
final two years.

One means is to fashion a provision for payments over years 4 and 5
satisfying the disposable-income requirement of Sec. 1191(c)(2)(A)
that the debtor can choose to accept. The court found that all the
debtor's projected net disposable income in the 3-year period is
being applied to make payments under the plan. Those yearly
projected amounts are $11,393, $8,297, and $17,963. An average of
those projections, $12,551, will set a baseline or minimum
projection  of net disposable income for each of the final two
years. The actual net disposable income exceeding the baseline
during those last two years must also be put into the plan to be
distributed to unsecured creditors. As with the first three years,
the court concludes there is a reasonable likelihood that the
debtor will be able to make these payments over the course of the
two additional years. Accordingly, if the debtor decides to accept
this provision along with the other amendments previously
mentioned, the plan is confirmable.

The court says the plan will be confirmed and the debtor's motion
to assume the commercial lease will be granted if the debtor
accepts the changes to the plan, the most significant being a
5-year term. If the debtor does not accept the court's suggested
changes to the plan, both confirmation of the plan and the motion
to assume the commercial lease will be denied.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum dated April 17, 2026, is available
at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=bQ1Nf3 from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Honey Do Franchising Group

Honey Do Franchising Group, Inc. filed a petition under
Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tenn.
Case No. 24-50596) on June 14, 2024, with up to $50,000 in assets
and up to $10 million in liabilities. Thomas Brad Fluke, chief
executive officer, signed the petition.

Judge Rachel Ralston Mancl presides over the case.

Brenda G. Brooks, Esq., at Moore & Brooks represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


HYPERION MATERIALS: S&P Rates Proposed First-Lien Term Loan 'B-'
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B-' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to Hyperion Materials & Technologies Inc.'s
proposed $486 million first-lien senior secured term loan due 2031.
The '3' recovery rating indicates S&P's expectations for meaningful
(50%-70%; rounded estimate: 50%) recovery in the event of a payment
default.

The company plans to use the proceeds to repay its existing $515
million first-lien term loan due August 2028 ($485 million
outstanding as of Dec. 31, 2025). The new term loan will rank
pari-passu with the company's existing $75 million revolving credit
facility due 2028.

All S&P's ratings on Hyperion, including our 'B-' issuer credit
rating, are unchanged. The negative outlook reflects heightened
uncertainty around Hyperion's earnings and cash flow following
recent raw material cost increases. This could elevate leverage and
constrict liquidity if the company cannot successfully maintain its
margin profile.

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- S&P assigned its 'B-' issue level rating and '3' recovery
rating to Hyperion's proposed $486 million first-lien term loan due
2031. The '3' recovery rating indicates its expectations for
meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 50%) recovery in the event
of a payment default.

-- S&P's simulated default assumes an unexpected economic downturn
and sustained weakness in the industrial and automotive markets,
which decreases sales volumes. The challenges in these markets also
lead to margin compression and strained cash flow.

-- S&P values the company on a going-concern basis using a 5x
multiple of its projected emergence EBITDA of about $75 million.
The 5x multiple reflects Hyperion's small niche market position and
respectable end-market and product diversity.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2028
-- EBITDA multiple: 5x
-- EBITDA at emergence: $75 million
-- Jurisdiction: U.S.

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $358
million

-- Valuation split (obligors/nonobligors): 89%/11%

-- Priority claims (accounts receivable securitization facility):
$46 million

-- Total value available to first-lien claims: $300 million

-- Total first-lien debt claims: $562 million

    --Recovery expectations: 50%-70% (rounded estimate: 50%)

S&P said, " Debt amounts include six months of accrued interest we
assume will be owed at default. Collateral value includes asset
pledges from obligors (after priority claims) plus equity pledges
in nonobligors. We generally assume usage of 85% for cash flow
revolvers at default."


HYSE INDUSTRIES: Seeks to Tap Iwama Law Firm as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
Hyse Industries Inc seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of Washington at Tacoma to hire Masafumi
Iwama, Esq. of Iwama Law Firm as bankruptcy legal counsel in its
Chapter 11 Subchapter V case.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) advising the Debtor regarding its duties and obligations as
debtor in possession;

(b) preparing and filing of pleadings, schedules, statements, and
a plan of reorganization;

(c) representing the Debtor in contested matters and adversary
proceedings;

(d) evaluating and prosecuting claims relating to the Debtor's
business operations, including efforts to restore access to
operational systems and enforce contractual rights;

(e) negotiating with creditors and parties in interest; and

(f) providing such other legal services as may be necessary in
this case.

Mr. Iwama will receive an hourly rate of $550 for attorney
services, and $200 for paralegal and legal assistant services. The
Debtor also deposited a $5,000 advance fee retainer held in the
firm's trust account, subject to court approval under 11 U.S.C.
Secs. 330 and 331.

Iwama Law Firm is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court filings,
and does not hold any interest adverse to the estate. The Office of
the United States Trustee reviewed the application and indicated no
objection.

The firm can be reached at:

   Masafumi Iwama, Esq.
   IWAMA LAW FIRM
   333 5th Ave. S.
   Kent, WA 98032
   Telephone: (253) 520-7671
   Facsimile: (206) 737-7844
   E-mail: matt@iwamalaw.com

                                    About Hyse Industries Inc

Hyse Industries Inc sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Washington at Tacoma Case No.
26-40804) on March 22, 2026.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had not disclosed estimated
assets or liabilities in the provided record.

Iwama Law Firm is Debtor's legal counsel.


IN DUE SEASON: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------
In Due Season, LLC got the green light from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Middle District of Florida to use cash collateral.

At the recently held hearing, the court authorized the Debtor's
interim use of cash collateral to fund operations and set a further
hearing for May 27.

The Debtor's cash collateral primarily consists of approximately
$450 in cash, $6,853 in frozen insurance receivables, $365,754 in
accounts receivable, and $2,500 in inventory.

The secured creditors that may assert liens on the Debtor's assets
include the U.S. Small Business Administration, with a $30,000
claim; Celtic Bank Corporation, with a $350,000 claim and a
mortgage lien on real property; and additional creditors such as
JRG Funding LLC and LG Funding LLC, bringing the total asserted
secured debt exposure to $432,957.

As adequate protection, the Debtor offers granting post-petition
replacement liens on the same assets and to the same extent and
priority as existed pre-petition, along with inspection rights and
periodic financial reporting.

The Debtor reserves the right to challenge the validity, priority,
and extent of all claimed liens and security interests.

                       About In Due Season LLC

In Due Season LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-03193) on April 16,
2026. In the petition signed by Lucie Bryant, manager, the Debtor
disclosed up to $1 million in assets and up to $500,000 in
liabilities.

Buddy D. Ford, Esq, at Ford & Semach, P.A., represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


INDITEX VENTURES: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas,
Houston Division granted IndiTex Ventures, LLC final authority to
use cash collateral to continue operations.

Under the final order, the Debtor is authorized to use
LendingClub's cash collateral strictly in accordance with an
approved budget. Spending is limited to specified categories and
amounts, with a cap of 120% per line item unless prior consent from
LendingClub or court approval is obtained. Any additional
expenditures require notice to LendingClub, which is deemed
approved if not rejected within two business days.

As adequate protection, LendingClub is granted replacement liens on
all postpetition assets and superpriority administrative claims,
maintaining the same priority as its prepetition liens. These
protections apply to the extent of any diminution in value of
collateral.

The Debtor must also make monthly adequate protection payments,
initially about $2,500 and then $8,000 starting April, continuing
until plan confirmation or a termination event.

The Order imposes strict compliance requirements, including
detailed financial reporting, budget updates, and timely filing of
a Chapter 11 plan by June 1, with confirmation by August 31.
Failure to comply or other specified events will terminate the
Debtor's authority to use cash collateral. The Debtor is also
restricted from paying prepetition debts without court approval,
and LendingClub retains all rights and remedies under applicable
law.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/p54nt from PacerMonitor.com.

LendingClub, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Patrick J. Schurr, Esq.
   Scheef & Stone, LLP
   2600 Network Boulevard
   Suite 400
   Frisco, TX 75034
   Telephone: 214.472.2100
   Telecopier: 214.472.2150
   Patrick.schurr@solidcounsel.com

                     About IndiTex Ventures LLC

IndiTex Ventures LLC operates a Pet Supplies Plus franchise in
Houston, Texas, providing retail pet products and
groomingservices.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-31376) on March 1,
2026. In the petition signed by Leticia Hess, manager, the Debtor
disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to $1 million in
liabilities.

Judge Jeffrey P. Norman oversees the case.

William Haddock, Esq., at Pendergraft & Simon LLP, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


INTERACTIVE GOVERNMENT: Case Summary & Seven Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Interactive Government Holdings Inc.
        7426 Alban Station Blvd.
        Springfield, VA 22150

        Business Description: Interactive Government Holdings Inc.
provides program, acquisition, and administrative management
services, as well as secure IT, systems engineering and
integration, and global operations and sustainment support. The
company was established in 2006 and is headquartered in
Springfield, Virginia. It holds ISO 9001:2015 certification and is
classified under NAICS code 541611, with socioeconomic designations
including 8(a), SDVOSB, VOSB, SDB, Hispanic American Owned, and
Minority Owned. Its prime contract vehicles include GSA 8(a) STARS
III, GSA Multiple Award Schedule - 00Corp, and SeaPort-NxG.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: April 24, 2026

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Columbia

Case No.: 26-00214

Judge: Hon. Elizabeth L. Gunn

Debtor's Counsel: Daniel Staeven, Esq.  
                  FROST LAW
                  839 Bestgate Rd. Suite 400
                  Annapolis MD 21401
                  Tel: (410) 497-5947
                  E-mail: daniel.staeven@frosttaxlaw.com           
  

Total Assets: $293,133

Total Liabilities: $2,844,120

The petition was signed by Michael V. Sanders as chief executive
officer.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's seven unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/JZFOO6I/Interactive_Government_Holdings__dcbke-26-00214__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


JOHN KNOX: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' IDR, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB+' rating to John Knox Village
(JKV), MO's series 2026A, series 2026B-1, series 2026B-2, and
series 2026 B-3 revenue bonds to be issued by The Industrial
Development Authority of the City of Lee's Summit, Missouri
(IDACLSM) on behalf of JKV.

Fitch has also affirmed JKV's Issuer Default Rating (IDR),
outstanding revenue bonds, and outstanding parity debt issued by
IDACLSM at 'BB+'. The Rating Outlook is Stable.

The bonds are expected to price via negotiated sale on May 14,
2026.

   Entity/Debt                          Rating            Prior
   -----------                          ------            -----
John Knox Village (MO)            LT IDR BB+  Affirmed    BB+

   John Knox Village
   (MO) /General Revenues/1 LT    LT     BB+  Affirmed    BB+

The 'BB+' rating reflects JKV's strong independent living
occupancy, broad service platform, and track record of successfully
executing redevelopment projects. The rating also reflects pressure
from salaries and benefits and the additional debt tied to the 2026
issuance.

The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation that JKV will
sustain favorable operating results as management focuses on
expense control, strong occupancy, and redevelopment execution.

SECURITY

Debt payments are secured by a pledge of the unrestricted gross
revenue of the obligated group, a first-mortgage lien on all the
real property constituting JKV's core campus (excluding property
south of NW O'Brien Road), and a debt service reserve fund.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility - 'bbb'

Strong Occupancy in a Stable Market

JKV's revenue defensibility is supported by its large scale, broad
service platform, and consistently solid occupancy across the
campus. The community is one of the largest single-site senior
living providers in the country. Occupancy through 3Q26 remained
favorable across all care levels, including about 89% in
independent living, 98% in assisted living and 95% in skilled
nursing. Management continues to redevelop older units into larger,
higher-end units through its Villa Initiative to meet service area
demand.

JKV also supports resident retention through a broad continuum of
care and community-based services. Demand indicators remain
favorable, including a total lead list of over 4,000 prospective
residents across all unit types. Demand for the updated Meadows
style and new villas is strong with a waitlist of 90 prospective
residents out of the total. JKV increased fees in April 2026. Fitch
expects favorable local demographics, area affluence, and JKV's
location in a growing Kansas City suburb to support stable demand
for repositioned and newly developed units.

Operating Risk - 'bb'

Improving Operations

Operating risk is weak for a type-B contract life plan community
(LPC) but adequate for the rating. Historical performance has been
pressured, but recent results improved as occupancy remained strong
and recent projects became accretive. Through 3Q26, the operating
ratio improved to 91.3%, the strongest level in the last five
fiscal years. Labor and benefit pressures remain a risk,
particularly in overtime, agency use, and healthcare claims. Fitch
expects performance to remain supported by strong demand, continued
fill-up of redevelopment projects, and a higher mix of entrance-fee
products.

Capital spending remains high and is a key operating risk
consideration, but Fitch views this spending as part of JKV's
longer-term repositioning strategy. Management has a solid
execution record, including full occupancy at recent villa phases
and early repayment of temporary debt for Courtyard E.

Management plans to build additional ILUs with the Meadows North
and Country Club Estates (CCE) expansion projects, funded with the
series 2026A, B-1, B-2 and B-3 bonds. Fitch views execution risk as
manageable given JKV's record of successful fill-up. Fitch expects
planned projects to improve marketability, support operating
resilience, and increase the mix of entrance-fee contracts over
time.

Financial Profile - 'bb'

Improved Financial Cushion

JKV's unrestricted cash and investments improved to about $54
million at FYE25, equivalent to 50% cash-to-adjusted debt and 263
days cash on hand. The financial profile is characterized by
adequate liquidity, which Fitch believes provides enough cushion
for JKV to absorb the construction and fill-up risk associated with
the series 2026 expansion projects and remain at the 'BB+' rating.

Fitch's base case incorporates the planned Series 2026 financing,
which adds $47.8 million in total debt consisting of $18.6 million
of long-term debt and $29.2 million of temporary debt to fund the
Meadows North and CCE expansion project. Base case leverage rises
with the new financing and then moderates as initial entrance fees
support repayment of temporary debt and operations continue to
generate positive LPC net available.

Fitch's stress case also incorporates the 2026 issuance and applies
operating performance and portfolio pressure during the buildout
period, resulting in lower liquidity than the base case. In this
stress case, cash-to-adjusted debt weakens to the mid-30% range.
Stress metrics recover thereafter as entrance fees are received and
debt amortizes. Pro-forma MADS coverage recovers to almost 3x in
the stress case, indicating capacity to absorb the project.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Fill-up and construction of the new projects fall short of
Fitch's expectations, increasing operating expenses and deferring
cash flow generation to satisfy pro-forma aggregate debt service
and repayment of associated short-term debt;

- Deterioration in operating performance decreases operating ratios
and capital-related metrics or results in sustained DCOH below 200
days.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Positive rating action is unlikely pending completion of JKV's
repositioning projects. Over time, improved, sustained operating
performance that results in a five-year average operating ratio of
about 100% and net operating margin-adjusted (NOMA) of 13%-20%;

- While Fitch believes this would take several years, reaching 100%
cash-to-adjusted debt in the stress case.

PROFILE

JKV (Lee's Summit, MO) is a large single-site LPC. JKV has 1,038
ILUs, 180 ALUs and 121 SNF beds. Non-OG operations include
home-health, hospice, ambulance and foundation activities. JKV
offers rental and entrance fee contracts. FY25 total operating
revenue was $84.7 million.

Sources of Information

In addition to the sources of information identified in Fitch's
applicable criteria specified below, this action was informed by
data from DIVER by Solve.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.


KB3 2275: To Employ Perez & Associates as Real Estate Appraiser
---------------------------------------------------------------
KB3 2275 Century, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Central District of California to employ Hector Perez of
Perez & Associates to serve as real estate appraiser.

Mr. Perez will provide these services:

(a) appraising real property of Debtor, including all types of
structures, improvements, location, income stream, and any other
tangible as well as intangible features of said holdings;

(b) assistance in valuing assets as part of Debtor reorganization,
for sale or collateral value for the purposes of the Chapter 11
bankruptcy case; and

(c) assistance in appraising the real property for bankruptcy
purposes.

Mr. Perez will receive a flat fee of $550.00 for appraisal
services.

Mr. Perez is a "disinterested party" and does not have any
connection with the Debtor, its creditors or any other party in
interest, its respective attorneys and accountants, the United
States Trustee, or any person employed in the office of the United
States Trustee, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Hector M. Perez
PEREZ & ASSOCIATES REAL PROPERTY APPRAISERS
15025 Whittier Blvd Ste A
Whittier, CA 90603
Telephone: (626) 926-4838
E-mail: perezappraisals@hotmail.com

                                     About KB3 2275 Century LLC

KB3 2275 Century, LLC a Los Angeles-based real estate company
operating from Avalon Boulevard.

KB3 2275 Century filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case
No. 25-10237) on January 13, 2025, listing between $1 million and
$10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Neil W. Bason handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Onyinye N. Anyama, at Anyama Law Firm.



LA GEOTHERMAL: Unsecured Creditors to Split $45K over 60 Months
---------------------------------------------------------------
LA Geothermal Energy Corp., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Central District of California a Subchapter V Plan dated
April 17, 2026.

The Debtor is a California corporation incorporated on August 2,
2021, and is owned and operated by Cornelius Rogers.

The Debtor maintains its principal office at 3245 Conestoga Canyon
Road, Suite A, Palmdale, California 93550, and is engaged in
industrial management consulting with a focus on supporting real
estate and construction-related projects, including consulting
services aimed at restoring value to distressed residential
properties and preparing foreclosed properties for resale.

The Debtor filed its voluntary petition for relief under Chapter
11, Subchapter V, on January 21, 2026, to restructure its debt
obligations and preserve its business as a going concern. The
Debtor has continued to operate as debtor-in-possession pursuant to
Sections 1184 and 1107 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Debtor's financial projections reflect anticipated revenues and
expenses based on the nature and scope of the Debtor's consulting
operations and the Debtor's reasonable expectations regarding the
resumption of consulting engagements. The projections demonstrate
that the Debtor's anticipated income is sufficient to fund all
payments required under this Plan while continuing to meet its
ordinary course operating expenses.

All payments required under this Plan will be funded from the
Debtor's ongoing business operations. Based on the nature of the
Debtor's consulting business and the financial projections attached
hereto, the Debtor believes that this Plan is feasible and that
confirmation will not likely be followed by liquidation or the need
for further financial reorganization.

This Plan provides for the following:

     * treatment of allowed secured claims;

     * payment in full of all allowed Chapter 11 administrative
expenses and priority claims, including professional fees and costs
approved by the Bankruptcy Court; and

     * pro rata distributions to holders of allowed general
unsecured claims from the Debtor's projected disposable income and
ongoing business operations.

Class 3 consists of all allowed general unsecured claims against
the Debtor that are not otherwise classified under this Plan,
including the unsecured portion of Newtek Bank's compromised Loan 1
claim as described in Class 2, and the wholly unsecured claims of
creditors holding UCC-1 financing statements whose liens are
subordinate to senior secured claims and therefore receive no value
under the Debtor's liquidation analysis.

Holders of allowed Class 3 claims shall receive aggregate monthly
payments of $750.00 for sixty consecutive months, for total
projected distributions of $45,000.00, distributed pro rata based
on the amount of their respective allowed claims, as summarized in
Section III.D of this Plan. Distributions to Class 3 shall be
funded from the Debtor's disposable income and regular business
operations. The allowed unsecured claims total $762,300.56. Class 3
is impaired under this Plan.

Class 4 consists of all equity interests in the Debtor. On the
Effective Date, the holder of Class 4 interests, Cornelius Rogers,
shall retain his ownership interests in the Debtor.

All payments required under this Plan shall be funded from the
Debtor's cash on hand and from income generated from the Debtor's
ongoing business operations, as reflected in the financial
projections.

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan dated April 17, 2026 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=tztR7w from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Kevin Tang, Esq.
     Tang & Associates
     17011 Beach Blvd., Suite 900
     Huntington Beach, CA 92647
     Tel: (714) 594-7022
     Fax: (714) 421-4439
     Email: kevin@tang-associates.com

                  About LA Geothermal Energy Corp.

LA Geothermal Energy Corp. provides industrial management
consulting services with a focus on restoring value to distressed
real estate properties in the United States.

LA Geothermal Energy Corp. filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Fla. Case No.
26-10518) on January 21, 2026, listing $144,556 in assets and
$1,369,633 in liabilities. The petition was signed by Cornelius
Rogers as managing member.

Judge Deborah J Saltzman presides over the case.

Kevin Tang, Esq., at Tang & Associates, is the Debtor's legal
counsel.

Newtek Bank, N.A., as lender, is represented by Angela N. Gill,
Esq., at HEMAR, ROUSSO & HEALD, LLP.


LBM ACQUISITION: Fitch Lowers LongTerm IDR to B-, Outlook Negative
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded the Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings
(IDRs) of LBM Acquisition, LLC (LBM) and BCPE Ulysses Intermediate,
Inc. (BCPE) to 'B-' from 'B'. Fitch has also downgraded the issue
ratings on LBM's ABL facility to 'BB-' with a Recovery Rating of
'RR1' from 'BB'/'RR1', the senior secured term loan B and senior
secured notes to 'B-'/'RR4' from 'B'/'RR4' and the unsecured notes
to 'CCC'/'RR6' from 'CCC+'/'RR6'. The Rating Outlook is Negative.

LBM's 'B-' IDR reflects its strong market position in building
product distribution, modestly positive FCF, solid liquidity and
limited near-term refinancing risk, with debt maturities starting
in 2029. These strengths are offset by elevated leverage, lower
margins, cyclical end-market exposure, and the sponsors' aggressive
financial policy.

The Negative Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation that leverage
will remain elevated amid a subdued demand, constraining financial
flexibility and increasing downgrade risk absent sustained
deleveraging and continued positive FCF.

Key Rating Drivers

Elevated Leverage: Fitch-calculated EBITDA leverage was 11.2x at YE
2025. Fitch expects EBITDA leverage to increase to around 11.5x by
YE 2026, reflecting lower volumes and modestly weaker margins in a
softer demand environment before declining to below 9.5x by YE
2027, supported by margin improvement and SG&A cost optimization.
(CFO-capex)/debt is expected to remain weak at around 1% in 2026,
staying in the low single digits in 2027.

Absent a meaningful improvement in operating performance,
deleveraging is likely to remain constrained. In addition, a
further decline in EBITDA margins or a sharp, sustained fall in
lumber prices could result in leverage remaining above Fitch's
rating case and could pressure the IDR.

Subdued Demand Environment: Fitch's rating case assumes a low
single-digit revenue decline this year, with lumber prices
averaging $425-$475 per thousand board feet. Fitch expects revenue
and volumes to grow by low single digits in 2027 as construction
activity improves. Fitch forecasts new housing activity to remain
flat in 2026, with single-family starts down in the low single
digits and multifamily starts up in the mid-single digits.

The Iran conflict threatens this outlook through multiple channels.
Higher oil prices are fueling renewed inflation risks. This could
potentially delay Federal Reserve rate cuts and keep 30-year
mortgage rates above 6%, compared to Fitch's previous expectations
of 6% by the end of 2026. This elevated mortgage rate stickiness
and volatility, combined with deteriorating consumer confidence,
could undermine buyer sentiment during the critical spring selling
season.

Adequate Financial Flexibility: LBM's liquidity is solid, supported
by Fitch's expectation of modestly positive FCF over the forecast
period, assuming no shareholder distributions and significant
availability under its $1.75 billion ABL facility. Elevated
leverage continues to constrain funding flexibility and limit
capital market access. The company's variable cost structure,
ability to adjust SG&A, and active working capital management
should support modestly positive FCF through a moderate
construction downturn.

Low EBITDA Margins: Fitch expects EBITDA margins to remain
compressed at 5.5%-6.5% in 2026, below its previous expectation of
8%-9% and broadly in line with the 5.8% margin reported in 2025.
The downward revision reflects a weaker demand environment, which
is likely to result in modest gross margin pressure and limited
operating leverage. EBITDA margins are projected to improve to
6.5%-7.5% in 2027 as the housing market recovers modestly and
lumber prices remain stable.

Highly Cyclical End Markets: Most of LBM's sales are to highly
cyclical end markets, and its substantial exposure to new
construction weighs negatively on the credit profile. Management
estimates that about 68% of 2024 sales were to new home
construction and 12% to commercial new construction and other end
markets. The remaining 20% of sales were to the repair and remodel
end markets, which Fitch views as less cyclical than new
construction. Fitch expects the company's high exposure to the new
residential construction and lumber sales to result in more
volatile earnings and credit metrics.

Broad Offering Supports Market Position: LBM offers a comprehensive
range of products including structural, interior and exterior
building products. LBM also offers installation services and light
manufacturing, positioning the company as a one-stop shop for
residential and commercial construction needs. This broad product
breadth provides LBM a competitive advantage over smaller
distributors and supports supplier diversification. However, LBM's
competitive position is weaker than investment-grade building
product manufacturer peers due to the highly fragmented nature of
the distribution industry and its exposure to commoditized product
offerings.

Aggressive Capital Allocation: Fitch expects Bain Capital and
Platinum Equity to manage LBM's balance sheet aggressively through
further debt-financed acquisitions and occasional shareholder
distributions. Fitch believes the sponsors have a high tolerance
for leverage, including debt-financed acquisitions. The company
made $650 million of shareholder distributions in 2022 and $500
million in 2023 but has not made any distributions since then.
Fitch does not expect meaningful acquisitions or distributions in
2026 as leverage remains elevated.

Peer Analysis

LBM's market position and scale are credit strength relative to
other 'B' category building products distributor and manufacturer
peers, such as Park River Holdings, Inc. (B-/Stable), Doman
Building Materials Group Ltd. (Doman; B+/Stable) and Chariot Buyer
LLC (d/b/a Chamberlain Group; B-/Stable). However, LBM has
meaningfully weaker profitability and higher leverage than
Chamberlain Group and Park River. Doman has margins similar to
LBM's but significantly lower leverage.

LBM is also more exposed to the cyclical new construction market
than these peers. Overall, financial flexibility across this peer
group is comparable, with no material debt maturities in the near
to intermediate term.

Fitch’s Key Rating-Case Assumptions

- Revenue declines by low single digits in 2026 and increases by
low single digits in 2027;

- EBITDA margins of 5.5%-6.5% in 2026 and 6.5%-7.5% in 2027;

- EBITDA leverage is around 11.0x to 12.0x in 2026 and 8.5x to 9.5x
in 2027;

- Capex of 1.0% to 1.4% of revenues in 2026 and 2027;

- FCF margins of neutral to 1% in 2026 and 0.5% to 1.5% in 2027;

- No shareholder distributions and acquisitions in 2026 and 2027;

- Average SOFR of 3.75% in 2026 and 3.25% in 2027.

Corporate Rating Tool Inputs and Scores

Fitch scored the issuer as follows, using its Corporate Rating Tool
(CRT) to produce the Standalone Credit Profile (SCP):

- Business and financial profile factors (assessment, relative
importance): Management (bb-, Moderate), Sector Characteristics
(bb-, Lower), Market and Competitive Positioning (bb-, Moderate),
Diversification and Asset Quality (bb, Higher), Company Operational
Characteristics (bb, Moderate), Profitability (b, Moderate),
Financial Structure (ccc, Higher), and Financial Flexibility (b-,
Moderate).

- The quantitative financial subfactors are based on custom CRT
financial period parameters: 10% weight for the historical year
2025, 40% for the forecast year 2026, 40% for the forecast year
2027 and 10% for the forecast year 2028.

- 'B+' to 'CC' considerations apply in its analysis and result in
no adjustment.

- The Governance assessment of 'Good' results in no adjustment.

- The Operating Environment assessment of 'aa-' results in no
adjustment.

- The SCP is 'b-'.

To derive the IDR:

- Fitch made no adjustments to the SCP, resulting in an IDR of
'B-'.

Recovery Analysis

The recovery analysis assumes that LBM would be considered a going
concern (GC) in bankruptcy rather than liquidated. Fitch has
assumed a 10% administrative claim and a 3% concession payment from
LBM's secured lenders to LBM's unsecured bondholders in the
analysis.

Fitch's GC EBITDA estimate of $500 million estimates a
post-restructuring sustainable EBITDA. The GC EBITDA is based on
Fitch's assumption that distress would result from a weakening
housing market combined with sustained competitive pressures and
poor operating performance.

Fitch estimates that annual revenues to be about 10% below pro
forma 2025 levels, and a Fitch-adjusted EBITDA margins around 8.0%,
reflecting the company's lower revenue base after emerging from a
housing downturn and a sustainable margin profile post
right-sizing. This results in Fitch's $500 million GC EBITDA
assumption.

Fitch applies a 6.0x GC EBITDA multiple to calculate the enterprise
value (EV) in a recovery scenario. This multiple is comparable to
that used for Park River Holdings, Inc., which has higher margins,
but is considerably smaller than LBM. The 6.0x multiple is higher
than the 5.5x multiple utilized for New AMI I, LLC (B/Stable) and
Doman Building Products Group (B+/Stable), both of which are
smaller in scale and have narrower product offerings than LBM.
Conversely, LBM's GC EBITDA multiple is lower than Chamberlain
Group's at 6.5x, reflecting Chamberlain's leading market position
and meaningfully stronger profitability metrics through the cycle
compared to LBM.

In a recovery scenario, Fitch assumes that the borrowing base under
the company's $1.75 billion ABL revolver would shrink as inventory
and receivable balances decline due to lower revenue and EBITDA.
Fitch estimates that the ABL revolver would have $1.2 billion
outstanding at recovery, accounting for potential reductions in the
borrowing base resulting from deflating lumber prices and reduced
volumes. This revolver would hold prior-ranking claims over the
senior secured term loan B and senior secured notes in the recovery
analysis.

The analysis results in a Recovery Rating of 'RR1' for the $1.75
billion ABL and 'RR4' for LBM's $2.6 billion senior secured term
loan B and $950 million senior secured notes. LBM's unsecured debt
receives a Recovery Rating of 'RR6'.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- (CFO-capex)/debt sustained below 1%;

- FCF generation consistently turns negative, weakening liquidity
and increasing refinancing risk as debt maturities approach;

- EBITDA interest coverage sustained below 1.5x;

- Any shareholder-friendly activity, while leverage remains
elevated.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Fitch could revise the Outlook to Stable if the EBITDA leverage
approaches and is sustained below 7.0x;

- EBITDA leverage sustained below 6.5x;

- (CFO-capex)/debt sustained above 2.5%;

- The company maintains a strong liquidity position with no
material short-term debt maturities;

- EBITDA interest coverage sustained above 2.5x.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

LBM had $2.8 million of cash as of Dec. 31, 2025, and about $688
million of borrowing availability under its $1.75 billion ABL
facility with a $100 million tranche maturing in May 2027 and the
remaining balance in June 2029. The company's near-term debt
maturities are limited to 1% term loan amortization per year until
the maturity of its $726 million senior notes in January 2029 and
its ABL facility in June 2029. Fitch expects the company to
refinance these maturities ahead of their due dates and any
increase in refinancing risk would have negative implications for
the ratings. Fitch expects EBITDA interest coverage to be sustained
between 1.0x and 1.5x over the intermediate term.

Issuer Profile

LBM is one of the largest U.S. pro building products distributors
by annual revenues in the highly fragmented distribution industry.
The company offers a broad suite of product offerings to
homebuilders, commercial construction customers, and repair and
remodel professionals.

Summary of Financial Adjustments

Fitch adds back nonrecurring transaction expenses, stock-based
compensation and inventory step-up charges to Fitch-adjusted
EBITDA.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

Climate Vulnerability Signals

The results of its Climate.VS screener did not indicate an elevated
risk for LBM Acquisition, LLC.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                 Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------                 ------           --------   -----
LBM Acquisition, LLC  

                         LT IDR B-  Downgrade              B
   senior unsecured      LT     CCC Downgrade    RR6       CCC+
   senior secured        LT     BB- Downgrade    RR1       BB
   senior secured        LT     B-  Downgrade    RR4       B

BCPE Ulysses
Intermediate, Inc.     

                         LT IDR B-  Downgrade              B


LIFE STRIDE: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------
Life Stride, Inc. got the green light from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Columbia to use cash collateral.

At the recently held hearing, the court authorized the Debtor's
interim use of cash collateral and set a further hearing for June
10.

Life Stride, a mental health care provider, derives its revenues
from patient services and accounts receivable, which may constitute
cash collateral of the U.S. Small Business Administration.

The Debtor offers to protect the SBA by granting replacement liens
on post-petition assets similar to its pre-petition collateral,
including receivables and their proceeds, and by operating under a
court-approved budget with up to a 35% variance.

The Debtor believes that the value of the SBA's collateral depends
on continued business operations and access to cash collateral is
necessary to prevent operational disruption.

                        About Life Stride Inc.

Life Stride, Inc., based in Washington, D.C., operates group homes
and provides mental health care services, including psychiatric
treatment, counseling, group therapy, case management, housing
support, day programs, substance abuse services, and supported
employment. A DC Department of Behavioral Health-certified
community service provider, the company serves consumers seeking
recovery-focused care and related residential support.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.C. Case No. 26-00183) on April 15, 2026.
In the petition signed by Leonard Lucas, agent, the Debtor
disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Elizabeth L. Gunn oversees the case.

Christianna Cathcart, Esq., at The Belmont Firm, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


LSF 12 PILLAR: S&P Assigns Preliminary 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' preliminary long-term issuer
credit rating to LSF 12 Pillar Investments (US) Inc. S&P also
assigned its 'B+' preliminary issue-level ratings to the group's
senior secured term loan B (TLB) and notes due 2033.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our view that Capsugel
should be able to benefit from solid organic revenue growth
prospects in the next two years, with S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
EBITDA margins expanding toward 27.5%. We also anticipate smooth
carve-out process from Lonza, which will remain invested in the
business."

In March 2026, financial sponsor Lone Star signed an agreement to
acquire Capsugel from Lonza Group AG. In connection with the
transaction, Lonza will reinvest about 40% of the equity, with Lone
Star holding the remaining stake. LSF 12 Pillar Investments (US)
Inc., Capsugel's new parent entity, intends to raise senior secured
notes and a term loan B (TLB) equivalent to Swiss franc (CHF) 1.38
billion to support the acquisition.

With reported revenue of about CHF1.1 billion and estimated EBITDA
of about CHF275 million, Capsugel is a global leader in the hard
empty capsule and liquid-filled capsule markets, with a smaller,
but highly profitable and cash-generative, health ingredients
business.

S&P said, "We forecast annual revenue growth of 7%-8% in 2026-2027
with average S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins of about
27.5%. Free operating cash flow (FOCF) will be constrained by
investments but still positive at or over CHF20 million, enabling
adjusted debt to EBITDA of about 4x.

"We expect the group will be able to capitalize on growth
opportunities in end markets. This should support S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted (gross) debt to EBITDA of about 4x and positive
FOCF in the context of high growth capital spending (capex) and
infrastructure investments in the next 12-24 months. We forecast
overall revenue growth of 7%-8% in 2026-2027, a marked acceleration
from the decline in the past three years. This is notably supported
by the recent (January 2026) announcement from the U.S. Department
of Commerce imposing antidumping measures on low-cost hard empty
capsules importers (notably from Brazil, China, Vietnam, and
India). The group is already seeing lower imports following the
announcement, which will allow it to regain market share following
losses in recent years. At the same time, it will benefit from
higher prices, and from the resolution of the destocking issues
that have weighed on its pharmaceutical customer segment since
2023, and ramp-up of the customer portfolio in the dosage
formulation solutions portfolio. Strong revenue growth will
translate into improving S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins
toward an average of about 27.5% over 2026-2027, from an estimated
23% in 2024 and about 25% in 2025. In our calculations we factor in
about CHF56 million cumulative one-off costs in the next 24 months
linked to IT infrastructure and sales force investments, as well as
net transition services agreement (TSA) costs to Lonza as part of
the carve-out process. FOCF will be temporarily depressed at about
CHF20 million-CHF30 million (after lease capex) in 2026, improving
toward CHF35 million-CHF45 million, affected by planned
acceleration in capex and the infrastructure investments. We
forecast annual capex of CHF150 million-CHF160 million in 2026-2027
(from CHF84 million-CHF95 million in the past three years),
particularly linked to planned production capacity investments in
Asia and more efficient new machine technology systems. Assuming
focus on operational investments and organic growth, we therefore
forecast broadly stable S&P Global Ratings-adjusted (gross) debt to
EBITDA of about 4.2x-4.3x."

The group has leading market positions in each of its business
segments across end markets in a growing industry. Within its core
hard empty capsules market (about 67% of total revenue in 2025)
Capsugel has an estimated global volume market share of 27%,
comfortably ahead of the next two competitors. In the Americas
(mostly the U.S.) its share stands at about 31%, while in Europe,
the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) at 40%, and 18% in Asia-Pacific.
In hard empty capsules, Capsugel is the most diversified global
player across the different polymers (gelatin and plant-based) used
in the production of the capsules, as well as across relevant
applications. In the dosage form solutions segment (about 18% of
total revenue in 2025), it focuses primarily on the semi-liquid
hard capsule filling capability and the world's largest market--the
U.S.--where it is also the No.1 player. In this space, Capsugel is
the leading provider combining advanced liquid-filling capabilities
and hard empty capsules expertise at commercial scale, with liquid
caps as leading and proprietary technology for leak-proof sealing.
Moreover, it is the only provider with manufacturing capabilities
in EMEA, Asia-Pacific, and the Americas (including the U.S.). In
the smallest of its three segments, health ingredients (about 15%
of total revenue in 2025), Capsugel focuses on ingredients used in
joint health, metabolism, and weight management applications. It is
the No. 2 player in L-Carnitine manufacturing globally by volumes,
and the No. 1 player in undenatured type II collagen (UC-II), with
a 40% market share.

Capsugel's growth prospects are underpinned by a projected constant
adjusted growth rate of about 5% globally across its business
segments by 2030. This is driven by ongoing mega trends including
an ageing population and associated demand for medications, growing
health awareness (particularly impacting nutraceutical customers),
and innovation. Growth is mainly volume driven, although price is
expected to be a positive contributor in the U.S. after the
antidumping measures on low-cost importers. From an innovation
standpoint, S&P believes the company is well positioned to
capitalize on some opportunities linked to strongly growing
therapeutic areas, notably obesity where oral formulations
innovation is gathering pace, such as those from incumbent players
Eli Lilly and Novo Nordisk. This is expected to drive strong sales
growth in the dosage form solutions segment from 2028 onward.

Under the majority ownership of Lone Star, the group is looking to
reinvigorate its growth prospects with refreshed strategy centered
around achieving cost leadership and commercial excellence. This
reflects the fact that Capsugel was noncore to the wider Lonza
Group and has been somewhat de-prioritized since being acquired in
2017. Most recently, after the COVID-19 pandemic, the business has
suffered a slowdown in revenue (constant currency decline of about
6.6% in 2024 and 2.4% in 2023) due to destocking across both its
nutraceutical and pharmaceutical customer groups, and heightened
competition in capsules from low-cost manufacturers, notably in the
U.S. Lonza was slow to respond to the threat from emerging market
competitors and opted to maintain its premium prices to protect
margins, but competitors ended up gaining significant market share
by engaging in strong price competition. Lonza was also slow to
invest in production capacities in other regions, thus preventing
Capsugel from properly competing in other key regions--notably
Asia-Pacific and Europe. The group's refreshed strategy is centered
around achieving commercial excellence and cost leadership that is
aimed at regaining competitiveness in key regions. Regarding
commercial excellence, S&P understands the strategy entails
boosting the sales force, comprising mostly relocating staff
internally toward front-office roles in key areas. Management is
also taking a broader solutions-focused sales approach with
customers that is aimed at unlocking potential cross-selling
opportunities between its divisions (notably hard empty capsules
and dosage form solutions), and enhancing the group's role in its
customers' value chain. On the cost leadership side of the
strategy, S&P notes the planned increase in capacity investments in
Asia-Pacific (notably India and China), new more efficient
proprietary capsule manufacturing technology (D90), and a number of
projects aimed at automating certain manufacturing processes.

The aforementioned strengths of the group's business are balanced
by the relatively narrow technology focus and competition in a
volume-driven market. S&P notes that the hard empty capsules market
is a fraction of the overall oral solutions market, which is
estimated at about CHF16.2 billion, and that includes other formats
such as tablets, powders, gummies, chewable preparations, soft
gels, and others. There is not only diversity in formats per se,
but also in some markets there is prevalence of certain formats
over others (e.g., tablets are more prevalent in Asia-Pacific),
which could constrain growth to some extent. Similarly, in the
dosage form solutions segment, the extended addressable market is
about CHF4 billion, if the broader soft capsule segment is
included. In Health ingredients, with its UC-II asset, Capsugel is
exposed to an overall CHF2.1 billion joint health market alone that
includes alternatives--although UC-II is playing in one of the
fastest categories, alongside collagen peptides. With regard to the
hard empty capsules and dosage form solutions segments and the
overall range of pharmaceutical dosage forms, Capsugel's
capabilities are solely within oral doses--a segment which is
seldom the first resort for new breakthrough therapies, given
injectables and transfusions are usually favored. Capsules are
often higher-performing than tablets in a patient setting, but this
benefit is not always recognized adequately through pricing.
Although quality and reliability are strong factors when selecting
suppliers in pharma, there is price sensitivity, especially when
more suppliers are added to the supply chain, and S&P believes this
is true across both pharmaceutical and nutraceutical end markets.
The overall market is also fragmented, with intense competition
from local players. For example, in the hard empty capsules
segment, the five top players account for about 58% of total
revenue with the remainder (42%) being largely local. Following a
period of price increases in 2021-2022, the market is exhibiting
price sensitivity again, and growth is largely volume driven, which
could create margin pressures.

S&P said, "We think the carve-out process from Lonza should be
manageable with focus on operational execution and no acquisitions.
Lonza will remain invested in the group, which we view as credit
positive. This reflects the fact that Capsugel was never fully
consolidated within Lonza in key areas, including the manufacturing
footprint and commercial matters. The group currently operates nine
manufacturing facilities (three in the U.S., two in Europe, one in
Mexico, one in India, one in China, and one in Japan), eight of
which will remain with Capsugel, excluding the one in China. In
China, the group manufactures L-Carnitine, which will be supplied
by Lonza through a supply agreement that will be in place after the
separation. We note that Capsugel operates a dedicated sales force
that is responsible for managing own customer contracts. In our
view, this significantly de-risks the overall carve-out process,
which will center around human resources, finance, and IT
functions. In our base case, we believe the group will focus on
managing the separation process with no acquisitions, despite
overall fragmented market offering avenues for inorganic expansion.
We also believe Lonza will remain invested in the group for at
least the next two to three years, following which we think it may
contemplate an exit, although no such exit plan has been
communicated.

"The final ratings will depend on our receipt and satisfactory
review of all final transaction documentation. The preliminary
ratings should not be construed as evidence of final ratings. If
S&P Global Ratings does not receive final documentation within a
reasonable time frame, or if final documentation departs from
materials reviewed, we reserve the right to withdraw or revise our
ratings. Potential changes include, but are not limited to, use of
loan proceeds, maturity, size and conditions of the loans,
financial and other covenants, security, and ranking.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that Capsugel should be able
to benefit from solid organic revenue growth prospects in the next
two years and manage smoothly the carveout process from Lonza. We
forecast improving S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins
toward an average of about 27.5% and FOCF toward CHF35
million-CHF45 million by the end of 2027, enabling broadly stable
adjusted debt to EBITDA of about 4x.

"We could lower the rating on the group if we observe a material
negative deviation from our base case, such that adjusted debt to
EBITDA increased to 6x with no prospects for rapid improvement,
likely translating into negative FOCF." This would occur under the
following scenarios:

-- The company is unable to execute under its commercial strategy
with heightened competitive pressures continuing to persist across
key markets; or

-- If, contrary to our current expectations, the carveout process
from Lonza turns out to be more complex, resulting in strong
additional cost increase.

S&P said, "Alternatively, we could also lower the rating on the
group, if we observe a more aggressive stance on discretionary
spending, notably acquisitions, given the degree of end-market
fragmentation.

"We could consider raising the rating on the group if we have
visibility that it will maintain strong credit metrics, notably
adjusted debt to EBITDA comfortably at 4x-5x, coupled with
improving FOCF to debt at 5%-10%." This would occur if the company
successfully executes under its commercial strategy, outperforming
market growth rates and recapturing some market share lost since
the COVID-19 era, while managing smoothly the carve-out process
from the wider Lonza Group. Under such a scenario, an upgrade would
hinge on a commitment by management and owners to maintain strong
metrics.


MAPLE BEAR: Seeks to Hire Law Offices of Mickler as Legal Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Maple Bear St Johns Early Learning Center LLC seeks approval from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida to
employ Bryan K. Mickler, Esq. of Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler
LLP to serve as its legal counsel.

Mr. Mickler will provide these services:

(a) general representation of the applicant in this proceeding;
and

(b) performance of all legal services for the applicant which may
be necessary herein.

Mr. Mickler will receive compensation at hourly rates ranging from
$300 to $400, subject to Court approval and payment from the
estate.

Bryan K. Mickler is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Bryan K. Mickler, Esq.
Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler LLP
5452 Arlington Expressway
Jacksonville, FL 32211
Telephone: (904) 725-0822
Facsimile: (904) 725-0855
E-mail: bkmickler@planlaw.com

                         About Maple Bear St Johns Early Learning
Center LLC

Maple Bear St Johns Early Learning Center LLC is an early learning
center in St. Johns, Florida, that operates under a franchise
agreement with Maple Bear USA. The center provides early education
programs, including preschool instruction and infant care through
Bear Care. Its curriculum includes bilingual instruction for young
children.

Maple Bear St Johns Early Learning Center sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No.
3:26-bk-01769) on April 22, 2026.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$0 to $50,000 and liabilities of between $1,000,001 to $10
million.

The case is pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Middle
District of Florida, Jacksonville Division.

Judge Jacob A. Brown oversees the case.

Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler LLP is Debtor's legal counsel.


MAPLE TREE: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------
Maple Tree Metalworks, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Middle District of Alabama for authority to use cash collateral and
provide adequate protection.

The Debtor, a specialty metal fabrication business, filed for
bankruptcy primarily due to collection pressures from vendors,
including merchant cash advance lenders. As a debtor-in-possession,
it continues to operate its business but requires immediate access
to its cash and receivables to meet essential obligations such as
payroll, taxes, fuel, supplies, insurance, and other operational
costs.

At the time of filing, the Debtor had approximately $8,800 in cash
and about $23,465 in accounts receivable, with projected monthly
income ranging between $75,000 and $100,000. The Debtor also
identified several entities with potential security interests in
its assets, including filings by CT Corporation System, the Alabama
Department of Revenue, and Fenix Capital Funding, though it
reserves the right to challenge the validity and extent of those
claims.

As adequate protection, the Debtor proposes granting replacement
liens on post-petition receivables and future cash flow, thereby
preserving the creditors' economic position.

A copy of the motion is available
at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=ppbf3n from PacerMonitor.com.

              About Maple Tree Metalworks LLC

Maple Tree Metalworks, LLC is a specialty metal fabrication
business.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Ala. Case No. 26-10441) on April 16,
2026. In the petition signed by Marcus Carroll, member, the Debtor
disclosed up to $100,000 in assets and up to $500,000 in
liabilities.

Judge Christopher L. Hawkins oversees the case.

Anthony Brian Bush, Esq., at The Bush Law Firm, LLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


MILE HIGH: Seeks Court Approval to Hire Wadsworth Garber as Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Mile High Recovery Center, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Colorado to hire Wadsworth
Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C. to serve as bankruptcy counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) preparation on behalf of the Debtor all necessary reports,
orders, and other legal papers required in this Chapter 11
proceeding;

(b) performance of all legal services for the Debtor as a
debtor-in-possession which may become necessary herein;

(c) representation of the Debtor in any litigation which the
Debtor determines is in the best interest of the estate whether in
state or federal court(s); and

(d) assistance tp the Debtor in all matters necessary to fully
administer the Chapter 11 case.

WGWC will receive compensation at these hourly rates:

         David V. Wadsworth           $500
         Aaron A. Garber              $500
         David J. Warner              $425
         Aaron J. Conrardy            $425
         Hallie Cooper                $225
         paralegals                   $125

The firm also received a $30,000 prepetition retainer and was paid
$6,697.50 in fees and $1,738 in costs from that retainer.

Wadsworth Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C. is a "disinterested person"
within the meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code and
does not hold or represent any interest adverse to the Debtor,
according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Aaron A. Garber, Esq.
WADSWORTH GARBER WARNER CONRARDY, P.C.
2580 West Main Street, Suite 200
Littleton, CO 80120
Telephone: (303) 296-1999
Facsimile: (303) 296-7600
E-mail: agarber@wgwc-law.com

                                About Mile High Recovery Center,
LLC

Mile High Recovery Center LLC, based in Denver, Colorado, operates
an addiction treatment and behavioral health facility providing a
continuum of care that includes residential treatment, partial
hospitalization, intensive
outpatient programs, outpatient therapy, and recovery housing
support. Founded in 2016, the company expanded from early sober
living services into a broader clinical treatment model addressing
substance use disorders and co-occurring mental health conditions.
Its operations are centered on evidence-based therapies, including
cognitive behavioral therapy and trauma-informed care, supported by
structured recovery programming and alumni services, and it
primarily serves adults seeking treatment for drug and alcohol
dependency in the Denver metropolitan area.

Mile High Recovery Center, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colorado Case No. 26-12796) on
April 23, 2026.

At the time of filing, the Debtor had estimated assets of between
$100,001 and $500,000 and liabilities of between $1,000,001 and $10
million.

Judge Michael E. Romero oversees the case.

Wadsworth Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C. is the Debtor’s proposed
bankruptcy counsel.


MSCI INVESTMENTS: Seeks to Hire Lindauer & Vaughn as Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
MSCI Investments, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of Texas to hire Lindauer & Vaughn
to serve as legal counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) analysis of the debtor's financial situation, and rendering
advice to the debtor in determining whether to file a petition in
bankruptcy;

(b) preparation and filing of any petition, schedules, statements
of affairs and plan which may be required; and

(c) representation of the debtor at the meeting of creditors and
confirmation hearing, and any adjourned hearings thereof;

The firm will be paid at these hourly rates:

            Joyce W. Lindauer            $625
            Paul B. Geilich              $595
            paralegals                   $250

The firm has been paid a retainer of $26,738, which included the
filing fee of $1,738, and which was paid by the Debtor.

Lindauer & Vaughn is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Joyce W. Lindauer, Esq.
Paul B. Geilich, Esq.
LINDAUER & VAUGHN
117 S. Dallas St.
Ennis, TX 75119
Telephone: (972) 503-4033
Facsimile: (972) 503-4034

                                 About MSCI Investments, Inc.

MSCI Investments, Inc. is an investment-focused corporation engaged
in financial and asset management activities. The company sought
Chapter 11 protection to restructure its liabilities while
maintaining operations.

MSCI Investments, Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-41318) on April 15, 2026. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $1,000,000 to
$10,000,000 and estimated liabilities of $1,000,000 to
$10,000,000.

The Debtor is represented by Joyce W. Lindauer, Esq. of Joyce W.
Lindauer Attorney, PLLC.


NORTHSTAR GROUP: S&P Affirms 'B' ICR, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B' issuer credit rating on
NorthStar Group Services Inc.

S&P said, "We also affirm our 'B+' issue-level rating on the senior
secured debt. The recovery rating is '2', indicating our
expectation for substantial recovery (70%-90%; rounded estimate
70%) in the event of default.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that the company will
strengthen credit metrics from 2025 year-end levels and maintain
levels appropriate for the current ratings on a weighted average
basis."

S&P Global Ratings expects nuclear decommissioning, commercial
building deconstruction, and diversified environmental services
provider NorthStar Group Services Inc's earnings to improve in 2026
and support the current ratings after earnings declined in 2025 due
to lower activity across business segments and project delays.

Credit metrics will remain appropriate for the rating. NorthStar's
operating performance deteriorated in 2025 with project delays and
slower activity in the commercial and industrial deconstruction
(C&I) segment. The CVN-65 project work for decommissioning of USS
Enterprise, which was supposed to start in second half of 2025, has
run into hurdles, necessitating a new bidding process. Furthermore,
there were fewer project additions in the C&I space to offset lower
earnings from the completion of couple of larger decommissioning
projects. This caused its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to
EBITDA to rise to upper end of the 6.5x to 7.0x range in 2025
though on a weighted average basis it continues to remain within
the 4.5x to 6.5x range. Our credit metrics value the nuclear
decommissioning trust (NDT) funds against the asset retirement
obligations for the company.

S&P said, "We anticipate modest earnings improvement in 2026 as a
result of contribution from contracted projects in the C&I segment
and expanded scope of work in its environmental services segment.
This will help the company gradually reduce its debt leverage and,
on a weighted average basis, remain within the 4.5x-6.5x range.
Additionally, we continue to assess NorthStar's liquidity as
adequate, supported by our expectations of positive free cash flow
generation, ample revolving credit availability, and no imminent
maturity."

Company's environmental services segment is holding up well. While
the earnings across all other segments for NorthStar took a hit in
2025, environmental services earnings improved significantly with
support from its robust backlog. The Trans-Ash business within the
environmental services segment continues to be the key driver in
the segment performance, contributing to a substantial portion of
the segment's earnings.

Company's project backlog remains strong. NorthStar's project
backlog is over $3 billion sans the backlog from CVN-65 project.
The backlog is predominantly within its environmental services
segment. In 2025, the company finalized decommissioning agreement
of the Vallecitos Nuclear Center, which positions the company for
an additional four to five years of substantial project backlog
just as the Vermont Yankee project reaches completion in 2026. S&P
foresees the company securing bids for similar projects, thereby
ensuring a strong project backlog for the long term.

Financial sponsor ownership of NorthStar presents potential for
aggressive financial policies. NorthStar has been owned and
controlled by affiliates of financial sponsor J.F. Lehman & Co.
since 2017, which presents inherent risk of potential for financial
policies that prioritize returns to equity holders. This could
manifest as increased leverage to fund acquisitions or
distributions, including shareholder dividends or share
repurchases, potentially at the expense of long-term debt reduction
or reinvestment in the business. S&P continues to monitor
NorthStar's financial strategy and capital allocation decisions and
its impact on the company's credit profile, particularly given the
inherent cost and execution risks associated with nuclear
decommissioning projects.

Rise in priority claims has resulted in lower recovery value for
senior secured term loan facility but recovery rating remains
unchanged: Reduced residual value from collateral backing ABL
facility and equipment financing puts a downward pressure on the
senior secured term loan recovery which reduces the recovery
estimate to 70% but the recovery rating remains at '2', indicating
our expectation for substantial recovery in the event of default.

S&P said, "The stable outlook on NorthStar reflects our view that
NorthStar will be able to generate sufficient S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA. This will help maintain S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted weighted average debt to EBITDA between 4.5x and
6.5x, which we see as appropriate for the current ratings. We base
this on our view of projects currently underway and the company's
project backlog. Our base-case scenario also incorporates S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted weighted average EBITDA to interest
coverage to remain above 1.5x with liquidity remaining adequate.

"The outlook also reflects our assumption that financial policies
by the financial-sponsor J.F. Lehman will remain supportive of the
current rating."

S&P could consider a negative rating action on NorthStar within the
next 12 months if:

-- Operating environment in the demolition and nuclear
decommissioning sectors worsens such that its weighted average S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted debt leverage exceeds 6.5x;

-- Project delays, loss of projects, cost overruns and integration
risk compress margins and weaken the company's credit metrics;

-- It undertakes more aggressive financial policies (e.g.,
additional dividend payouts or engaging in an unexpectedly large
debt-financed acquisition) that push its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage above 6.5x with no clear prospects of
recovery.

S&P sees the likelihood of an upgrade within the next 12 months as
remote, because it does not believe NorthStar's financial policies
would support it.

However, S&P could consider a modest uplift in the ratings if:

-- S&P believes J.F. Lehman's (or any financial sponsor's) control
of the company will diminish to and remain below 40%; and

-- NorthStar maintains S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt leverage
below 4.5x on a sustained basis; and

-- The company maintains a record of abiding by conservative
financial policies with a low risk of releveraging; and

-- The company reduces the potential for volatility in earnings
and cash flows.


NUWELLIS INC: To Pay E.F. Hutton $204,000 to Settle Suit
--------------------------------------------------------
Nuwellis Inc. agreed April 24 to pay E.F. Hutton & Co. $204,000 to
settle a New York lawsuit over an engagement letter for securities
offerings.

Hutton had filed a complaint against the Eden Prairie,
Minnesota-based medical device company in the Supreme Court of the
State of New York, alleging Nuwellis breached an agreement naming
Hutton as exclusive placement agent for one or more registered
securities offerings.

The complaint sought compensatory damages, punitive damages,
interest, costs and attorneys' fees.

Under the settlement agreement, Nuwellis must pay the settlement
amount within five days of execution. The agreement includes no
admission of liability and provides for a mutual release of all
claims.

Hutton agreed to file a stipulation of dismissal with prejudice
within two days after receiving the settlement payment.

                          About Nuwellis

Nuwellis, based in Eden Prairie, Minnesota, develops, manufactures
and commercializes medical devices used in ultrafiltration therapy,
including the Aquadex System. The company focuses on cardiorenal
care and fluid management for patients. Its Aquadex SmartFlow
system is indicated for temporary or extended use in adult and
pediatric patients weighing 20 kilograms or more whose fluid
overload is unresponsive to medical management, including
diuretics.  Fluid overload, also known as hypervolemia, occurs when
too much fluid builds up in the blood, vital organs and
interstitial space.

Baker Tilly US LLP issued a going-concern qualification in its
March 11, 2026, audit report, citing Nuwellis' recurring operating
losses, accumulated deficit, expected future losses and need for
additional working capital.

Nuwellis reported a net loss of $17.52 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2025, compared with a net loss of $11.17 million for
2024.

As of Dec. 31, 2025, the company had $6.12 million in total assets,
$3.49 million in total liabilities and $2.62 million in total
stockholders' equity.

Nuwellis had an accumulated deficit of $316.3 million as of Dec.
31, 2025. The company said it expects to incur losses in the
immediate future and has funded itself to date through equity
financings.


OFFICE PROPERTIES: Court Confirms Chapter 11 Reorganization Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Christopher Lopez of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Texas confirmed the Fourth Amended Joint
Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Office Properties Income Trust
and its Debtor Affiliates.

The Plan has been proposed in good faith and not by any means
forbidden by law. In so finding, this Court has considered the
totality of the circumstances of the Chapter 11 Cases,
and found that all constituencies acted in good faith. The Plan is
the result of extensive, good faith, arm's length negotiations
among the Debtors and their principal constituencies.

The record in these Chapter 11 Cases further supports that the
Debtors' directors, officers, managers, and/or trustees as of the
Petition Date: (i) were integral to the restructuring; (ii)
exercised their reasonable business judgment after thorough
diligence in their decision-making; and (iii) fully satisfied their
applicable fiduciary duties in connection with these Chapter 11
Cases.

The Plan and each of its provisions are confirmed pursuant to
section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Any and all objections to Confirmation of the Plan that have not
been resolved, withdrawn, waived, or settled and all reservations
of rights included therein, are overruled on the merits and denied
for the reasons set forth on the record at the Confirmation
Hearing.

As shared by the Troubled Company Reporter, Office Properties
Income Trust and its affiliates filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Texas a Disclosure Statement
describing Joint Plan of Reorganization dated January 9, 2026.

OPI is a real estate investment trust, or REIT, formed in 2009
under Maryland law. The Company owns and leases high-quality office
and mixed-use properties in select, growth-oriented U.S. markets.

OPI was initially a wholly owned subsidiary of HRPT Properties
Trust (subsequently known as CommonWealth REIT) ("HRPT"). With 29
majority-government-leased properties at its inception, OPI,
initially a subsidiary of HRPT, completed its initial public
offering in June 2009, becoming a separate, publicly owned company.
HRPT (then known as CommonWealth REIT) was the Company's largest
shareholder until March 2013, when CommonWealth REIT sold all of
the OPI common shares it held in a public offering.

After evaluating various competing restructuring and financing
proposals, these negotiations culminated in the Debtors and the
Consenting Creditors, together with RMR, entering into a
restructuring support agreement, dated as of October 30, 2025
(including any amendments, modifications and joinders thereto, the
"Restructuring Support Agreement"). Under the terms of the
Restructuring Support Agreement, the Consenting Creditors have
agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the Restructuring
Support Agreement, to support a restructuring of the Debtors'
existing capital structure and operations in chapter 11 and to vote
to accept the Plan.

Following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors and
the Ad Hoc Groups reengaged in negotiations pursuant to a
Bankruptcy Court-ordered mediation (the "First Mediation"),
presided over by the Honorable Marvin Isgur, as mediator, to reach
a comprehensive global restructuring settlement. Despite good faith
negotiations over the course of several weeks, the parties to the
First Mediation were unable to reach agreement and, accordingly,
the First Mediation terminated on December 22, 2025.

Despite the termination of the First Mediation, the Debtors, the
September 2029 Ad Hoc Group, the Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group, and
the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors (the "Committee")
agreed that a further, separate mediation (the "Second Mediation")
would be beneficial to aid discussions on remaining issues among
them and facilitate consensus with respect to the Debtors' proposed
Restructuring.

The Second Mediation commenced on January 5, 2026, and the
Honorable Marvin Isgur again agreed to serve as mediator.  The
Second Mediation is ongoing and the parties thereto continue to
engage in good-faith negotiations. However, as a settlement may not
materialize, the Debtors seek to implement the transactions
contemplated by the Plan, as they believe the Restructuring
contemplated by the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement
provides the Debtors with a viable path forward and a framework to
successfully exit chapter 11 in a timely fashion.

The proposed Restructuring will leave the Debtors' business intact
and significantly deleverage the Debtors' capital structure, as its
total funded indebtedness will be reduced from approximately $2.4
billion to approximately $1.3 billion, an approximately 46% debt
reduction relative to the debt balance as of the Petition Date.
This deleveraging will enhance the Debtors' position in a
challenging real estate financing market and allow the Debtors to
emerge from chapter 11 with a healthier balance sheet and the
ability to continue owning and leasing office properties to
high-credit quality tenants in markets throughout the United
States.

The Plan contemplates certain transactions, including, without
limitation, the following transactions:

     * The Chapter 11 Cases are being financed by a $125 million
non-priming, secured debtor-in-possession term loan facility funded
by certain holders of the September 2029 Senior Secured Notes (the
"DIP Facility").

     * To fund certain recoveries under the Plan, OPI will issue
secured notes (the "Secured Exit Notes") on the effective date of
the Plan (the "Effective Date"), in the aggregate principal amount
of up to $420 million. The Secured Exit Notes will generally be
guaranteed by the same entities that guaranteed the September 2029
Senior Secured Notes and secured by the same collateral that
secures the September 2029 Senior Secured Notes, subject to a
customary intercreditor agreement, and the DIP Facility, subject to
certain limitations. The Secured Exit Notes will bear interest at
10% annually, payable in cash, with a maturity date of five years
from the Effective Date.

     * The Debtors will conduct certain equity rights offerings
(the "Equity Rights Offerings"), which all Eligible Holders of
Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims, Allowed 2027 Unsecured Claims, and
Allowed September 2029 Unsecured Claims will be entitled to
participate in. The Equity Rights Offerings comprise two offerings
"ERO A," open to Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims, Allowed 2027
Unsecured Claims, and Allowed September 2029 Unsecured Claims, with
proceeds being used to pay exit costs, and "ERO B," open to Allowed
Unsecured Notes Claims, with proceeds to be used to pay down DIP
Facility claims in cash.

Class 10 consists of Unsecured Notes Claims. On or as soon as
reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, except to the
extent that a Holder of an Unsecured Notes Claim agrees to less
favorable treatment of its Allowed Unsecured Notes Claim, in full
and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge and in
exchange for each Allowed Unsecured Notes Claim, each Holder of an
Allowed Unsecured Notes Claim shall receive, at the option of the
Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) with the consent of
the Required September 2029 Senior Secured Noteholders:

     * its Pro Rata Share of the Parent Equity Pool in a manner
consistent with the provisions of section 1129(a)(7) of the
Bankruptcy Code; and

     * to the extent such Holder is an Eligible Offeree as of the
Applicable Times and Equity Rights Offerings are solicited, ERO A
Subscription Rights and ERO B Subscription Rights in accordance
with the Equity Rights Offering Documents and the Plan and subject
to the Equity Rights Offering Procedures.

Class 11 consists of Parent General Unsecured Claims. On or as soon
as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, except to the
extent that a Holder of a Parent General Unsecured Claim agrees to
less favorable treatment of its Allowed Parent General Unsecured
Claim, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and
discharge and in exchange for each Allowed Parent General Unsecured
Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Parent General Unsecured Claim
shall receive treatment in a manner consistent with the provisions
of Section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Class 12 consists of Subsidiary General Unsecured Claims. On or as
soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, except to
the extent that a Holder of a Subsidiary General Unsecured Claim
agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed Subsidiary
General Unsecured Claim, in full and final satisfaction,
settlement, release, and discharge and in exchange for each Allowed
Subsidiary General Unsecured Claim, each Holder of such Allowed
Subsidiary General Unsecured Claim shall receive its Pro Rata Share
of the Priority Guarantee Equity Pool up to its Pro Rata Share of
the Subsidiary General Unsecured Claim Distributable Value at the
applicable Subsidiary Debtor.

The Disclosure Statement still has blanks as to the estimated
allowed amount and percentage recovery for holders of unsecured
claims.

Pursuant to sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and
Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification,
distribution, releases, and other benefits provided under this
Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of this Plan shall
constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims,
Interests, and controversies relating to the contractual, legal,
and subordination rights that a Claim or an Interest Holder may
have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any
distribution to be made on account of such Allowed Claim or Allowed
Interest, including pursuant to the transactions set forth in the
Transaction Steps Exhibit, if any.

Based upon such Financial Projections, the Debtors conclude they
will have sufficient resources to make all payments required
pursuant to the Plan and that confirmation of the Plan is not
likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further
reorganization. The Financial Projections assume that the Plan will
be consummated in accordance with its terms and that all
transactions contemplated by the Plan will be consummated on or
prior to an Effective Date of May 3, 2026.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated January 9, 2026
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=68ODsx from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

A copy of the Court's Order dated April 22, 2026, is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=B0xcfT from PacerMonitor.com.

             About Office Properties Income (OPI) Trust

Office Properties Income (OPI) Trust is a national REIT focused on
owning and leasing office properties to high-credit-quality tenants
in markets throughout the United States. OPI's property portfolio
consists of 124 wholly owned properties located in 29 states and
the District of Columbia, containing approximately 17.2 million
rentable square feet. As of June 30, 2025, approximately 59% of
OPI's revenues were from investment-grade-rated tenants. In 2024,
OPI was named an Energy Star(R) Partner of the Year for the seventh
consecutive year. OPI is managed by The RMR Group (Nasdaq: RMR), a
leading U.S. alternative asset management company with
approximately $39 billion in assets under management as of
September 30, 2025, and more than 35 years of institutional
experience in buying, selling, financing, and operating commercial
real estate. OPI is headquartered in Newton, Massachusetts.

Office Properties Income Trust and 72 affiliates filed separate
petitions for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (Bankr. S.D. Texas
Lead Case No. 25-90530) on October 30, 2025, before the Hon.
Christopher M Lopez. As of Sept. 30, 2025, Office Properties Income
Trust has 3,501,385,950 in total assets and $2,501,583,119 in total
liabilities. The petitions were signed by John R. Castellano, their
chief restructuring officer.

Lawyers at Latham & Watkins LLP and Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP serve
as the Debtors' counsel. Moelis & Company serves as the Debtors'
investment banker and AlixPartners LLP as their restructuring
advisors. Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC serves as the
Debtors' claims, noticing & solicitation agent.

White & Case LLP represents an ad hoc group of noteholders holding
90% senior secured notes due in September 2029 with an aggregate
outstanding principal amount of $567,429,000.

Milbank LLP and Porter Hedges LLP represent an ad hoc group of
secured noteholders holding 3.25% senior secured notes due in
2027.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP and Munsch Hardt Kopf
& Harr, P.C. represent an ad hoc group of secured noteholders
holding (a) 90% senior secured notes due in March 2029; (b) 90%
senior secured notes due 2029; (c) 3.25% senior secured notes due
2027 and (d) a short position in OPI's common equity interests.

Acquiom Agency Services, LLC, is the DIP agent and is represented
by White & Case LLP.


ONYX BUSINESS: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------
The United States Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of
Florida, Tampa Division, issued a second interim order allowing
Onyx Business Solutions of Florida, LLC to use cash collateral.

The authorization allows the Debtor to continue operating its
business while the Chapter 11 Subchapter V case proceeds.

Under the second interim order, the Debtor may use cash collateral
strictly to pay ordinary and necessary business expenses in
accordance with an approved monthly budget.

As adequate protection, secured creditors will be granted
automatically perfected post-petition liens on cash collateral,
maintaining the same validity and priority as their prepetition
interests. The Debtor must comply with all duties under the
Bankruptcy Code, including maintaining appropriate insurance
coverage and adhering to U.S. Trustee guidelines.

As adequate protection, the Debtor must make payments of $7,700 to
Bank of Tampa on May 1 and June 1.

The order also preserves creditors' rights to seek additional
protections or object to improper use of funds at a later stage.

The order remains effective until key events such as plan
confirmation and dismissal or conversion of the Debtor's Chapter 11
case.

A continued hearing is scheduled for June 24.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/QoXwD from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Onyx Business Solutions of Florida Inc.

Headquartered in Tampa, Onyx Business Solutions of Florida, Inc.
provides printing and document management solutions across Florida,
including Jacksonville, Orlando, Naples, Miami, and Fort
Lauderdale. It offers high-speed inkjet and laser printers,
duplicators, paper handling equipment, and document management
software, supported by local sales, technical service, and supply
management. Its operations focus on delivering cost-effective,
high-volume printing solutions and related equipment to
organizations printing between 500 and 5 million copies per month.

Onyx sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 26-01104) on February 12, 2026, with
$416,740 in assets and $1,631,766 in liabilities. Onyx President
Stephen Craig signed the petition.

Samantha L. Dammer, Esq., at Bleakley Bavol Denman & Grace
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.  

Bank of Tampa, as creditor, is represented by:

Steven F. Thompson, Esq.
Tyler J. Caron, Esq.
Thompson Commercial Law Group
615 W. De Leon Street Tampa, Florida 33606
Telephone: (813) 387-1821
Telecopier: (813) 387-1824
Email: sthompson@thompsonclg.com
       tcaron@thompsonclg.com


OXFORD FINANCE: S&P Rates New $500MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'B'
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings t assigned its 'B' debt rating to Oxford Finance
LLC's proposed $500 million senior unsecured notes. S&P expects
Oxford will use the proceeds to repay its 6.375% $400 million
senior unsecured debt due 2027 and for general corporate purposes,
including a temporary $90 million reduction in its senior secured
debt held at its funding vehicles.

S&P's rating on Oxford's senior unsecured notes is two notches
below the 'BB-' issuer credit rating on the company, based on the
large amount of debt (above 30% of adjusted assets) that is senior
to Oxford's unsecured notes and on its ratio of unencumbered assets
to unsecured debt, which is typically well below 1.0x. Following
the issuance, Oxford's balance sheet will remain highly encumbered
with senior secured debt at over 85% of total debt.

As of March 31, 2026, the company had a $5.7 billion loan portfolio
across 157 borrowers. About $187 million (or 3.3% of the total loan
portfolio) was on nonaccrual, marginally up from $178 million (or
3.2%) at year-end 2025. Net charge-offs also remained manageable in
2025 at $43 million, or 0.84% of average gross receivables, in line
with historical performance of below 1%.

Because the transaction is leverage neutral, Oxford's leverage,
measured as debt to adjusted total equity (ATE), will remain well
below our 4.0x downside threshold at 3.1x, pro forma for the
issuance as of year-end 2025. Oxford's leverage was 2.6x in 2024,
and the increase last year stemmed primarily from a higher debt
balance to fund loan originations.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects S&P Global Ratings'
expectation that Oxford will operate with debt to ATE of
2.75x-4.00x in the next 12 months, although our base-case
assumption is 3.0x-3.5x. We also expect prudent underwriting will
support minimal realized credit losses and sound profitability for
the next 12 months, while the company ensures that its funding
vehicles remain compliant with its financial covenants."



PAUL J. MASSEY: Gets OK to Employ Compass Greater NY as Broker
--------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Janet E. Bostwick of the United States Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Massachusetts issued a proceeding memorandum and
order granting the application filed by Paul J. Massey Jr. to
employ Mary Gail Barry and Compass Greater NY LLC as broker in the
bankruptcy case.

Pursuant to Section 327 of the Code, the broker may not represent a
buyer, since the interests of a buyer are adverse to the Debtor.
Any provisions permitting dual agency or designated agents in the
Listing Agreement are stricken and not approved.

Payment of compensation is subject to final court approval in the
context of approval of a sale.

Paul J. Massey, Jr. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection
(Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 26-10363) on February 23, 2026, listing
under $1 million in both assets and liabilities. The Debtor is
represented by David Madoff, Esq., at Madoff & Khoury LLP.


PITTS AVE: To Employ McClain Law Group as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------
Pitts Ave Self Storage, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Kentucky to employ McClain Law
Group, PLLC as legal counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) give legal advice with respect to the Debtor's powers and
duties as debtor in possession in the continued operations and
management of its property;

(b) take all necessary action to protect and preserve the Debtor's
estate, including prosecution and defense of actions, litigation
negotiations, and objections to claims;

(c) prepare on behalf of the Debtor all necessary motions,
answers, orders, reports, and other legal papers in connection with
administration of the estate; and

(d) perform any and all other legal services for the Debtor in
connection with this Chapter 11 case and the formulation and
implementation of the Chapter 11 plan.

McClain Law Group, PLLC will be compensated through a pre-petition
retainer arrangement. According to filings, the firm received
$7,863 as a retainer, of which $1,738 was used for the filing fee,
$2,905 was applied to prepetition legal fees, and $3,220 is being
held in trust for future services. No additional fee-sharing
arrangements have been disclosed.

McClain Law Group, PLLC is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code and represents
that it holds no adverse interest to the Debtor or its estate.

The firm can be reached at:

Michael W. McClain, Esq.
McCLAIN LAW GROUP, PLLC
6008 Brownsboro Boulevard, Ste. G
Louisville, KY 40207
Telephone: (502) 589-1004
Facsimile: (888) 210-0145
E-mail: mmcclain@mcclainlawgroup.com

                                     About Pitts Ave Self Storage,
LLC

Pitts Ave Self Storage, LLC, based in Bowling Green, Kentucky,
operates a self-storage property.

Pitts Ave Self Storage, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Ky. Case No. 26-10375) on April
23, 2026.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$1,000,001 and $10 million and liabilities of between $1,000,001
and $10 million.

McClain Law Group, PLLC is Debtor's legal counsel.


PPL CORP: Unit Incurred $8MM in Remediation Costs for Sites at Q4
-----------------------------------------------------------------
PPL Electric had a recorded liability of US$8,000,000 representing
its best estimate of the probable loss incurred to remediate at
certain sites, at December 31, 2025, according to PPL Corporation's
Form 10-K filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.

PPL Electric is a potentially responsible party for a share of
clean-up costs at certain sites. Cleanup actions have been or are
being undertaken at these sites as requested by governmental
agencies, the costs of which have not been and are not expected to
be significant to PPL Electric.

PPL Corporation, formerly known as PP&L or Pennsylvania Power and
Light, is an energy company headquartered in Allentown,
Pennsylvania, USA. The Company delivers electricity and natural
gas to the customers. The Company generates electricity from power
plants in the northeastern, northwestern and southeastern United
States. The Company's subsidiaries include PPL Energy Supply, LLC;
PPL Electric Utilities Corporation; LG&E and KU Energy LLC (LKE);
Louisville Gas and Electric Company (LG&E); and Kentucky Utilities
Company (KU).



PR RNO PROPERTY: S&P Assigns (P) 'BB' Rating on Sr. Secured Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned a preliminary 'BB' rating to PR RNO
Property Owner LLC's (the issuer or project) senior secured notes.
The recovery rating is '2', indicating a substantial likelihood of
recovery in the event of default.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that the construction
budget and contracted completion schedule are achievable and that
the risk profile during operations will allow the project to repay
debt in full within the initial lease term, given the triple-net
lease with a highly creditworthy counterparty.

PR RNO Property Owner LLC (the issuer or project) is raising $4.539
billion, 144A senior secured notes due 2031. The notes, along with
$492 million in equity contributed at financial close and $112
million of revenue expected during construction (note that this is
based on the coupon assumed in S&P's base case and is subject to
final pricing), will fund a $5.1 billion, 200-megawatt (MW)
critical IT capacity data center project and substation in Storey
County, Nevada, including other associated costs.

The project's construction risk reflects the relatively low
complexity of the works and the early stages of development with a
guaranteed maximum price yet to be determined. The operating risk
profile reflects stable cash flows underpinned by a 16.4-year
triple net lease with an investment-grade rated tenant with more
than $3 trillion market cap, partially offset by refinancing risk
and structural features that allow the project more latitude than
is customary for project finance transactions.

During operations, S&P anticipates a minimum DSCR of 1.11x under
its base case, which includes a refinancing interest rate of 7.5%
and assumes commencement of operation based on the contracted
utility schedule.

Fleet Data Centers I LP, an investment vehicle managed by Tract
Capital Management LP, created special purpose entity PR RNO
Property Owner 1 LLC to develop a 230-MW utility capacity,
build-to-suit AI training data center on a 517-acre site in Storey
County, Nevada, about 13 miles east of Reno. The project will
support 200 MW of critical IT capacity and is 100% preleased to the
tenant under a 16.4-year, triple-net lease with two 10-year renewal
options.

The project includes design, construction, and fit-out of 200-MW
critical IT data center, consisting of 20 data halls, each
providing 10 MW of capacity. Design of the data center is ongoing.
Although the issuer has entered into a construction contract with
Clark Construction Group (not rated), the guaranteed maximum price
will not be determined until summer 2026.

The project will receive 200 MW of power from Sierra Pacific Power
Co. (dba NV Energy; A-/Stable/A-2) under an energy supply
agreement. The project is scheduled to deliver the first 100 MW by
April 2029 under the lease with the tenant and contracted
completion is scheduled for July 2030.

However, the issuer has agreed to undertake to accelerate each
milestone and complete the project by April 2028, supported with
behind-the-meter (BTM) power. There are no penalties to the project
for failure to achieve the accelerated schedule. Our base case
assumes the contracted utility schedule and not the accelerated
completion.

A triple-net lease with a highly rated tenant and credit-supportive
provisions back the debt service obligations. The tenant will pay
base rent based on 9.5% of actual capex and reimburse all operating
expenses (including taxes, insurance premiums, utility bills, and
property management fees) and maintenance costs. Rent is paid in
advance, reducing working capital needs, and the base rent will
escalate annually at a rate equal to the greater of the U.S.
Consumer Price Index (CPI) or 3.25% (subject to the cap of 3.5%;
however if CPI exceeds 7%, the base rent will be adjusted by the
sum of 3.5% and the difference between the CPI and 7%), higher than
other data center transactions.

While the project does include a service-level agreement--if
breached, it can result in rent credits--the lenders' technical
advisor (LTA) believes that the related key performance indicators
are suitable and unlikely to be breached. Unlike other data center
transactions, the tenant cannot terminate the lease for failure to
maintain service level agreements, which S&P views as a positive
feature.

Termination rights during operations are limited to condemnation,
resulting in a total taking; casualty where the project cannot be
reinstated within five years; casualty if the reinstatement period
exceeds 180 days during the last three years; and prohibited sale
of the facilities. The tenant cannot terminate the lease for
convenience.

Contingency and lease protections reduce construction risk.
Construction of the data center campus and associated
infrastructure, including the substation, is straightforward.
However, the level 5 commissioning requirement (integrated system
testing under full tenant load) is more stringent than typical for
rated data center transactions, which introduces complexity.

This risk is compounded by Fleet's unique design and a relatively
low targeted average and peak power usage effectiveness (PUE)
ratio. In other large data center projects, S&P frequently observes
level 3 commissioning, which entails confirmation that individual
components in isolation are properly installed and operational,
with PUE ratios well in excess of 1.1x.

The project design is in progress, and a guaranteed maximum price
with experienced contractor, Clark Construction, is not yet
finalized, exposing it to potential delays and cost escalations.
These concerns are largely offset by strong protections. The
project has a reasonable schedule and buffer; limited delay
penalties; pass-through of certain construction cost increases to
the tenant; contingencies built into the initial financing
including development fees; and a broad definition of force majeure
that protects the project.

Refinancing may expose the project to higher-than-expected rates
eroding the debt service coverage cushion. The 144A notes mature in
2031, exposing lenders to refinancing risk. The triple-net lease
will run for an initial term of 197 months from when the first 10
MW are delivered and will mature in 2044. The lease term greatly
mitigates refinancing risk because the debt outstanding at maturity
can be amortized prior to the expiry of initial lease term,
insulating lenders from market risk related to reletting or lease
renewal. Unless the interest is worse than we expect at
refinancing, S&P anticipates a debt service coverage ratio (DSCR)
of around 1.11x (using its refinancing interest rate assumption of
7.5%) based on our assumption of the commencement of operation
based on the contracted utility schedule.

Structural features and debt covenants are weaker than traditional
project finance structures. In particular, the issuer can:

-- Raise additional debt without maintaining minimum DSCR or
rating agency confirmation tests from the agencies then rating the
debt (that said, the additional debt issuance is constrained by net
operating income and loan-to-cost thresholds);

-- Make distributions without a requirement to meet minimum DSCR
threshold (e.g., permitted tax distributions, distribution of
unused contingency without forward looking DSCR threshold); and

-- Merge, consolidate, and make investments in joint ventures,
with some restrictions.
Any of these features could introduce new risks that weaken the
credit profile. Overall, the project rating is constrained by these
weaker structural features.

Security over physical assets is a key component of S&P's project
finance rating methodology. The issuer has the right to release
certain project assets from the security package; however release
of these assets from the security net is neutral to the credit as
the project can operate in accordance with the terms of the lease
without them.

Finally, mortgages on real property were not delivered at financial
close. The finance documents allow for 180 days (or longer if the
issuer is using commercially reasonable efforts) for delivery, but
the issuer can waive certain requirements if the cost outweighs the
practical benefits.

S&P said, "We will convert the preliminary rating on the notes to a
final rating when we have received documentation (along with other
executed project documents) indicating a perfected security
interest over substantially all the issuer's assets including real
assets.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that the construction
budget and contracted completion schedule are achievable. The cash
contingency (including development fees) in the issuer's
construction budget and the ability to rent out a further 8% in
cost overruns mitigate budget risk given that the guaranteed
maximum price will not be known as of financial close.

"During operations, we anticipate a minimum DSCR of 1.11x under our
refinancing assumptions, given the triple-net lease with a highly
creditworthy counterparty and the ability to fully repay debt
within the initial lease term.

"We could lower the rating if cost overruns or delays, in our view,
would not be covered by the contingency in the budget or passed on
to the tenant. During construction, we could also lower the rating
if our view of the construction contractors' creditworthiness
deteriorates. We could also downgrade the project debt to 'BB-' if
DSCRs are below 1.1x during operations." A downgrade could occur
if:

-- Refinancing rates increase beyond our expectations;

-- The project incurs additional debt; or

-- Unused contingency during construction is distributed without
regarding DSCRs after the refinancing.

S&P is unlikely to raise the rating until:

-- Construction and refinancing of the debt are complete; and

-- The project has a track record of prudent financial management
such that incurring additional debt or other events do not impair
its credit profile.



PREMIER DATACOM: Court Sets May 18 Administrative Expense Bar Date
------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Shad M. Robinson of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western
District of Texas entered an order establishing May 18, 2026, as
the deadline for filing of requests for payment of certain
administrative expenses in the bankruptcy case of Premier Datacom,
Inc.

The holders of the following types of claims are not required to
file administrative expense requests on or before the
administrative expense bar date:

   (i) administrative expenses of professional persons, as that
term is used in sections 327, 328, 330, 331, 503(b)(2) and 1103 of
the Bankruptcy Code, retained pursuant to a final order of the
Court;  

  (ii) administrative expenses held by the United States Trustee
for the Western District of Texas that arise under 28 U.S.C. Sec.
1930(a)(6);

Requests for payment of administrative expenses must be filed so as
to be actually received on or before the administrative expense bar
date by hand delivery, overnight mail, air  courier service,
CM/ECF, or first-class mail to:

         Jennifer F. Wertz
         Beau H. Butler
         Jackson Walker LLP
         100 Congress Avenue, Suite 1100
         Austin, TX 78701

Any holder of a claim for administrative expense against the Debtor
that is required, but does not file an administrative expense
request on or before the administrative expense bar date will (i)
be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting any
administrative expense against the Reorganized Debtor or the
Reorganized Debtor's estate, and the Reorganized Debtor and the
Reorganized Debtor's estate will be deemed forever discharged from
any and all indebtedness or liability with respect to such
administrative expense and (ii) not be entitled to receive further
notices regarding such administrative expenses.

A copy of the Court's Order dated April 13, 2026, is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=oOqz0A from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Premier Datacom, Inc.

Premier Datacom, Inc. is a technology construction services company
specializing in low voltage cabling systems and components, data
transmission, and security systems.

Premier Datacom sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 25-10097) on January 24,
2025. In the petition signed by Glenn Ryan Willis, president, the
Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Shad Robinson oversees the case.

Jennifer F. Wertz, Esq., at Jackson Walker LLP represents the
Debtor as counsel.


QVC GROUP: Court Stays Kramer Case vs HSN Due to Bankruptcy
-----------------------------------------------------------
Judge Jeannette A. Vargas of the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York stayed the case captioned as BETH
KRAMER, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated,
Plaintiff, -v- HSN, INC., Defendant, Case No. 26-cv-00367-JAV
(S.D.N.Y.) pursuant to Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

On April 20, 2026, a Suggestion of Bankruptcy was filed in this
case, advising that on April 16, 2026, Defendant HSN, Inc. filed a
voluntary petition for relief pursuant to Chapter 11, Title 11 of
the United States Bankruptcy Code, in the United States Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Texas.

In view of the automatic stay imposed by section 362 of the
Bankruptcy Code, this action is administratively closed subject to
the right of either party to reopen within 21 days of the
conclusion of bankruptcy proceedings, or the lifting or
modification of the automatic stay as applied to this action.

A copy of the Court's Order dated April 21, 2026, is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Ck588L from PacerMonitor.com.

                      About QVC Group Inc.

QVC Group, Inc., formerly known as Qurate Retail, Inc. --
https://www.qvcgrp.com/ -- owns interests in subsidiaries and other
companies that are primarily engaged in the video and online
commerce industries. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, the
company operates in North America, Europe and Asia. Its principal
businesses and assets include its consolidated subsidiaries QVC,
Inc., Cornerstone Brands, Inc., and other cost method investments.

QVC Group and several affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-90447) on
April 16, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports more than $1
billion in assets and estimated liabilities of $6.6 billion.

The Hon. Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the jointly
administered cases.

The Debtors employed Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Kirkland & Ellis
International LLP as co-counsel; Gray Reed, as co-counsel;
AlixPartners, LLP, as financial advisor; Evercore Group L.L.C., as
investment banker; Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC, as
claims and noticing agent; and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as tax
advisor.

Kobre & Kim LLP, serves as legal counsel to QVC Group, Inc. under
the direction of the Special Committee; Seward & Kissel LLP, as
legal counsel to QRI Cornerstone, Inc. under the direction of the
Special Committee; Milbank LLP, as legal counsel to Liberty
Interactive LLC, under the direction of the disinterested
directors, and as legal counsel to Qurate Retail Group, Inc., under
the direction of the Special Committee; and Katten Muchin Rosenman
LLP, as legal counsel to QVC, Inc., under the direction of the
disinterested directors.

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under
the LINTA Notes Indenture, is represented by Reed Smith LLP, as
counsel.

The LINTA Noteholder Group is represented by Akin Gump Strauss
Hauer & Feld LLP.

The QVC Noteholder Group is represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell
LLP.

The RCF Lender Group is represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
LLP.


QVC GROUP: Court Stays Lascala Case Due to Bankruptcy
-----------------------------------------------------
Judge Philip M. Halpern of the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York stayed the case captioned as MADELYN LaSCALA,
Plaintiff, -against- QVC INC. and MATSUNICHI DIGITAL USA INC.,
Defendants, Case No. 25-cv-04303-PMH (S.D.N.Y.).

On April 20, 2026, Defendant QVC, Inc. filed a Suggestion of
Bankruptcy upon the record, noting that it and certain of its
affiliates filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of
the title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The claims in this case
against QVC, therefore, have been stayed pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Sec.
362.

The Court will issue an order administratively closing this case
without prejudice to reopen within 30 days of the conclusion of the
bankruptcy proceedings unless, by April 28, 2026, the parties
advise the Court by letter filed via ECF why this stayed case
should remain open and active.

A copy of the Court's Order dated April 21, 2026, is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=yhvf0o from PacerMonitor.com.

                      About QVC Group Inc.

QVC Group, Inc., formerly known as Qurate Retail, Inc. --
https://www.qvcgrp.com/ -- owns interests in subsidiaries and other
companies that are primarily engaged in the video and online
commerce industries. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, the
company operates in North America, Europe and Asia. Its principal
businesses and assets include its consolidated subsidiaries QVC,
Inc., Cornerstone Brands, Inc., and other cost method investments.

QVC Group and several affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-90447) on
April 16, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports more than $1
billion in assets and estimated liabilities of $6.6 billion.

The Hon. Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the jointly
administered cases.

The Debtors employed Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Kirkland & Ellis
International LLP as co-counsel; Gray Reed, as co-counsel;
AlixPartners, LLP, as financial advisor; Evercore Group L.L.C., as
investment banker; Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC, as
claims and noticing agent; and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as tax
advisor.

Kobre & Kim LLP, serves as legal counsel to QVC Group, Inc. under
the direction of the Special Committee; Seward & Kissel LLP, as
legal counsel to QRI Cornerstone, Inc. under the direction of the
Special Committee; Milbank LLP, as legal counsel to Liberty
Interactive LLC, under the direction of the disinterested
directors, and as legal counsel to Qurate Retail Group, Inc., under
the direction of the Special Committee; and Katten Muchin Rosenman
LLP, as legal counsel to QVC, Inc., under the direction of the
disinterested directors.

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under
the LINTA Notes Indenture, is represented by Reed Smith LLP, as
counsel.

The LINTA Noteholder Group is represented by Akin Gump Strauss
Hauer & Feld LLP.

The QVC Noteholder Group is represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell
LLP.

The RCF Lender Group is represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
LLP.


QVC GROUP: Plan Confirmation Hearing Scheduled for May 26
---------------------------------------------------------
Judge Alfredo R. Perez of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Texas granted the motion of QVC Group, Inc.
and its affiliated debtors for entry of an order:

   (a) scheduling the Combined Hearing;
   (b) establishing the Confirmation Schedule and related
procedures;
   (c) approving the form and manner of the Combined Hearing
Notice;
   (d) approving the Solicitation Procedures;
   (e) waiving the requirement to mail Solicitation Packages to the
Non-Voting Classes;
   (f) allowing the notice period for the Disclosure Statement and
the Combined Hearing to run simultaneously;
   (g) directing the U.S. Trustee to not convene a Creditors'
Meeting and conditionally waiving (1) such Creditors' Meeting and
(2) the deadline to file Schedules and SOFAs and Rule 2015.3
Financial Reports; and
   (h) granting related relief, all as more fully set forth in the
Motion.

Any objections to the entry of this Order, to the extent not
withdrawn or settled, are overruled.

The following Confirmation Schedule is approved.

Voting Record Date - April 13, 2026
Solicitation Launch Date - April 16, 2026
Petition Date - April 16, 2026
Initial Plan Supplement Deadline - May 11, 2026, at 4:00 p.m.,
prevailing Central Time
Voting Deadline Opt-Out / Opt-In Deadline - May 19, 2026, at 11:59
p.m., prevailing Central Time
Objection Deadline - May 19, 2026, at 11:59 p.m., prevailing
Central Time
Deadline to File Confirmation Brief, Reply,
and Voting Report - 4 days before the Combined Hearing
Combined Hearing - May 26, 2026, or such other date as the Court
may direct
Occurrence of Effective Date - June 8, 2026, or as soon as
practicable thereafter

The Combined Hearing, at which time this Court will consider, among
other things, final approval of the adequacy of the Disclosure
Statement and confirmation of the Plan, shall be
held on May 26, 2026 at 9:00 a.m., prevailing Central Time. The
Combined Hearing may be continued from time to time by the Court,
without further notice, other than adjournments announced in open
court or in the filing of a notice of reset hearing in these
chapter 11 cases. The adjourned date or dates will be available on
the electronic case filing docket and the Claims and Noticing
Agent's website at: https://restructuring.ra.kroll.com/QVC.

The Disclosure Statement (including all applicable exhibits
thereto) provides Holders of Claims, Holders of Interests, and
other parties in interest with sufficient notice of the injunction,
exculpation, and release provisions contained in Article VIII of
the Plan, in satisfaction
of the requirements of Bankruptcy Rules 2002(c)(3) and 3016(b) and
(c).

Any objections to adequacy of the Disclosure Statement and
confirmation of the Plan must be filed on or before May 19, 2026 at
11:59 p.m., prevailing Central Time.

As shared by the Troubled Company Reporter, on April 16, 2026, QVC
Group, together with certain of its direct and indirect
subsidiaries, entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement with
majority lender support. Pursuant to the RSA, QVC Group's principal
amount of debt (as of December 31, 2025) will be reduced from
approximately $6.6 billion to $1.3 billion, and the newly
deleveraged company will emerge as Reorganized QVC, Inc.

QVC Group's subsidiaries and entities outside of the U.S. are not
included in the court-supervised process underway in the U.S. The
only exception is a non-operating subsidiary in Luxembourg that has
no team members, customers, vendors or business partners. The
Company's global business operations are continuing as normal --
including customer-facing operations in the UK, Germany, Japan, and
Italy -- and they are paying vendors and suppliers as usual across
all of these geographies.

Due to the prepackaged nature of the financial restructuring, the
Company expects to complete this process on an expedited basis and,
pursuant to the RSA, is targeting emergence within approximately 90
days.

The Company had over $1 billion in domestic cash and cash
equivalents as of December 31, 2025. Together with cash generated
from ongoing operations, QVC Group has ample liquidity to meet its
business obligations during the U.S. court-supervised process.
Under the terms of the RSA, all third-party general unsecured
creditors will be unimpaired, with their claims to be paid in full
or reinstated.

The Company and QVC, Inc. have filed a number of customary motions
with the Bankruptcy Court to support its operations during this
process, including the continued payment of U.S. employee wages and
benefits without interruption. The Company expects to receive
Bankruptcy Court approval for these requests shortly.

Additional information regarding the court-supervised financial
restructuring process is available at forward.qvcgrp.com.

Bankruptcy Court filings and other information related to the
proceedings are available on a separate website administered by the
Company's claims agent, Kroll, at
https://restructuring.ra.kroll.com/QVC; by calling Kroll
representatives toll-free at (888) 575-5337, or +1 (347) 292-4386
for calls originating outside of the U.S. or Canada; or by emailing
QVCinfo@ra.kroll.com.

Advisors

Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Gray Reed are serving as legal counsel,
Evercore Group L.L.C. is serving as financial advisor,
AlixPartners, LLP is serving as restructuring advisor, and Joele
Frank, Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher is serving as strategic
communications advisor to QVC Group and QVC, Inc.

A copy of the Court's Order dated April 17, 2026, is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=GlwVEj from PacerMonitor.com.

                       About QVC Group Inc.

QVC Group, Inc., formerly known as Qurate Retail, Inc. --
https://www.qvcgrp.com/ -- owns interests in subsidiaries and other
companies that are primarily engaged in the video and online
commerce industries. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, the
company operates in North America, Europe and Asia. Its principal
businesses and assets include its consolidated subsidiaries QVC,
Inc., Cornerstone Brands, Inc., and other cost method investments.

QVC Group and several affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 26-90447) on
April 16, 2026. In its petition, the Debtor reports more than $1
billion in assets and estimated liabilities of $6.6 billion.

The Hon. Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the jointly
administered cases.

The Debtors employed Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Kirkland & Ellis
International LLP as co-counsel; Gray Reed, as co-counsel;
AlixPartners, LLP, as financial advisor; Evercore Group L.L.C., as
investment banker; Kroll Restructuring Administration LLC, as
claims and noticing agent; and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, as tax
advisor.

Kobre & Kim LLP, serves as legal counsel to QVC Group, Inc. under
the direction of the Special Committee; Seward & Kissel LLP, as
legal counsel to QRI Cornerstone, Inc. under the direction of the
Special Committee; Milbank LLP, as legal counsel to Liberty
Interactive LLC, under the direction of the disinterested
directors, and as legal counsel to Qurate Retail Group, Inc., under
the direction of the Special Committee; and Katten Muchin Rosenman
LLP, as legal counsel to QVC, Inc., under the direction of the
disinterested directors.

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under
the LINTA Notes Indenture, is represented by Reed Smith LLP, as
counsel.

The LINTA Noteholder Group is represented by Akin Gump Strauss
Hauer & Feld LLP.

The QVC Noteholder Group is represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell
LLP.

The RCF Lender Group is represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
LLP.


QWEST CORP: S&P Assigns 'B' Rating on Senior Unsecured Notes
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issue-level rating and '2'
recovery rating to Qwest Corp.'s proposed $977.5 million, 6.5%
senior unsecured notes due in 2056 and $660 million, 6.75% of
senior unsecured notes due in 2057.

S&P said, "These notes will replace existing notes in the Qwest
capital structure. The '2' recovery rating indicates our
expectation for substantial (70%-90%; rounded estimate: 85%)
recovery in the event of a payment default. While our analysis
suggests full recovery, we cap our recovery rating at '2' on debt
issued by companies rated in the 'B' category to reflect the
heightened risk that they may change their capital structures in
ways that impair unsecured recovery prospects.

"The new notes will be exchanged for the old notes, with the only
difference being that the new notes have a downstream guarantee
from parent Lumen Technologies Inc. We do not believe the
transaction will affect recovery ratings given the large EBITDA
contribution and value at Qwest.

"Our ratings on Lumen, including the 'B-' issuer credit rating, are
unchanged because we do not expect the transaction to affect credit
metrics. We continue to forecast S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage in the mid-6x area in 2026 due to one-time expenses before
improving to the high-4x area in 2027. This includes the $5.75
billion sale of its fiber-to-the-home broadband business to AT&T
Inc."



RSKT HOLDING: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------
The United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey
granted RSKT Holding, LLC authorization to use cash collateral on
an final basis.

Under the final order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral, including rents and revenues from its property,
strictly in accordance with an approved budget. Permitted uses
include operating expenses such as payroll, maintenance, utilities,
insurance, inventory purchases, and professional fees.

The Debtor is allowed a 10% variance per budget line item and
overall, but any use outside these limits requires lender consent.
The authorization continues unless a default or event of default
occurs.

As protection for the Debtor's use of its cash collateral, M&T Bank
will be granted a replacement lien on post-petition assets and
their proceeds, with the same priority and extent as its
pre-bankruptcy lien, along with monthly payments of approximately
$4,098.95.

These liens maintain priority and are automatically perfected. A
carve-out is established (up to $20,000 plus certain additional
amounts) to ensure payment of professional fees, trustee expenses,
and statutory fees, with separate escrow requirements for such
costs.

The order imposes strict compliance obligations, including
financial reporting, maintaining insurance, and adhering to loan
covenants.

The Debtor is restricted from incurring new debt, selling assets
outside the ordinary course, or challenging the lender's liens.
Upon default, and after notice, the lender may terminate cash
collateral use and seek relief from the automatic stay. The lender
retains all rights and remedies, and the Court maintains
jurisdiction over enforcement of the Order.

The order is available at https://shorturl.at/MBJsy from
PacerMonitor.com.

                       About RSKT Holding LLC

RSKT Holding LLC is a Syracuse, New York-based real estate property
management company operating under NAICS code 531312, managing
nonresidential real estate assets.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. N.J. Case No. 26-11661) on February 13,
2026. In the petition signed by Saurabh Tripathi, managing member,
the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Donald F. Campbell, Jr., Esq., at Giordano, Halleran & Ciesla, P.C.
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


RYERSON HOLDING: Fitch Affirms 'BB' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Ryerson Holding Corporation's and Joseph
T. Ryerson & Son, Inc.'s (together, Ryerson) Long-Term Issuer
Default Ratings (IDRs) at 'BB'. Fitch also affirmed the company's
first lien secured asset-based lending (ABL) credit facility at
'BBB-' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR1'. The Rating Outlook is
Stable.

Ryerson's ratings reflect its large size and scale within the
industry, strong working capital management, product
diversification, the counter-cyclical cash generating ability of
its business model and Fitch's expectation that EBITDA leverage
will trend to 3.0x or below beginning in 2027.

The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation that EBITDA margins
will improve to above 5% through 2028.

Key Rating Drivers

Olympic Adds Size/Scale: Ryerson is currently the second largest
metals service center company in North America, with annual
shipments of about two million tons and 106 processing facilities,
prior to its acquisition of Olympic Steel, Inc. on Feb. 13, 2026.
Olympic increases shipments by nearly one million tons per year and
adds about 50 facilities. Fitch believes Olympic bolsters Ryerson's
market position, providing additional purchasing power and
operating leverage.

The acquisition increases Ryerson's product diversification with
higher return specialty metals and tubular products. The
integration of Olympic's facilities should provide opportunities to
improve overall efficiency and logistics, potentially allowing
market share gains over time. Fitch expects the integration to
provide synergy opportunities and margin enhancement.

Deleveraging Capacity: Fitch expects deleveraging from higher
earnings in 2026 and 2027, and from debt repayment beginning in
2028. In addition to earnings gains from the integration of Olympic
operations, Ryerson undertook restructuring activities in 2025 to
improve productivity at its operations. Fitch calculated EBITDA
margins at a cyclical low of 1.2% in 2025 were impacted by trade
disruptions from the increase in steel and aluminum tariffs. Fitch
sees these as normalizing beginning in 2026. Fitch expects EBITDA
margins to recover to about 3.25% in 2026, and to about 4.5% in
2027 and over 5% longer term.

Prior period investments at Ryerson and Olympic should result in
higher value-added services and lower capex requirements. Fitch
expects average annual capex of about $75 million. Deleveraging
should be a priority, while the company's calculated leverage ratio
is above its 0.5 to 2.0x target, through the cycle. Fitch expects
EBITDA leverage to drop to about 4.5x by YE 2026 and below 3.0x
longer term.

Countercyclical Cash Generation: Ryerson has solid financial
flexibility, supported by its ability to generate cash in periods
of weak demand by managing its footprint and inventories. Ryerson
has a history of strong working capital management, which enables
it to generate cash during periods of falling prices and shipments.
The company generated $120.4 million and $69.4 million in 2024 and
2025, respectively, primarily through working capital liquidation.
Fitch expects some working capital build in 2026 from stronger
demand.

Credit Conscious M&A: The highly fragmented nature of the industry
provides acquisition growth opportunities, supporting Fitch's
expectation that Ryerson will continue to be a consolidator. The
acquisition of Olympic is the company's largest acquisition to date
and was funded with more equity than assumed debt. Fitch believes
Ryerson will remain selective in mergers and acquisitions (M&A) and
execute acquisitions in a credit-conscious manner, focusing on
companies that enhance its diversification with an emphasis on
higher margin specialty products and value-added processing
capabilities.

Peer Analysis

Ryerson's operational profile closely compares to metals service
center company Reliance, Inc. (BBB+/Stable). Both have leading
market shares within the highly fragmented U.S. metals service
center industry, similar underlying volumetric risk given their
exposure to cyclical end markets, relatively stable gross margins,
and low annual capex requirements. Ryerson is considerably smaller
and has lower margins and higher EBITDA leverage than Reliance.

Ryerson's EBITDA size is expected to be similar to metals coating
provider AZZ Inc. (BB/Positive) and aluminum fabricator Kaiser
Aluminum Corporation (BB-/Stable). However, Ryerson's margins are
significantly lower, reflecting its role as a distributor.
Ryerson's current EBITDA leverage is elevated but should revert to
below 4.0x in 2027 and to 3.0 or below longer term.

Fitch’s Key Rating-Case Assumptions

- Shipment growth at 1% per year on average;

- Modest improvement in average selling prices in 2026 and flat,
thereafter;

- Synergies from the Olympic Steel, Inc. acquisition at half of
company's expectations of $120 million per year phasing in between
2027 and 2028. Cost to complete assumed to occur in 2026 and 2027;

- EBITDA margins improve to around 5% by 2028;

- Capex of around $75 million per year on average;

- Debt repayment prioritized after capex and maintenance of
dividends;

- Modest opportunistic share repurchases.

Corporate Rating Tool Inputs and Scores

Fitch scored the issuer as follows, using its Corporate Rating Tool
(CRT) to produce the Standalone Credit Profile (SCP):

- Business and financial profile factors (assessment, relative
importance): Management (bbb, Lower), Sector Characteristics (bbb-,
Moderate), Market and Competitive Positioning (bbb, Moderate),
Diversification and Asset Quality (bb, Higher), Company Operational
Characteristics (bb-, Moderate), Profitability (b, Moderate),
Financial Structure (bb-, Moderate), and Financial Flexibility
(bbb-, Moderate).

- The quantitative financial subfactors are based on custom CRT
financial period parameters: 20% weight for the historical year
2025, 20% for the forecast year 2026, 20% for the forecast year
2027, 20% for the forecast year 2028 and 20% for the forecast year
2029.

- The Governance assessment of 'Good' results in no adjustment.

- The Operating Environment assessment of 'aa-' results in no
adjustment.

- The SCP is 'bb'.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- EBITDA leverage sustained above 4.0x;

- EBITDA margins sustained below 5%;

- Sustained negative FCF.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- EBITDA margins sustainably at or above 7%, driven by increasing
levels of value-added processing;

- EBITDA leverage sustained below 3.0x;

- Increase in size and scale.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

As of Dec. 31, 2025, Ryerson had cash and cash equivalents of
approximately $27 million and $428 million available under its $1.3
billion asset-based lending (ABL) credit facility due 2027 after
$463 million borrowed and $1 million letters of credit.

The company used the facility to repay debt at Olympic Steel, Inc.
following the acquisition closed Feb.13, 2026. At that time, the
company obtained an amendment to the facility to increase the
amount to $1.8 billion and extend the maturity date to 2031.
Ryerson must maintain a fixed-charge coverage ratio of 1.0x when
availability under the ABL credit facility is less than the greater
of a) 10% of aggregate commitments and b) $80 million.

Issuer Profile

Ryerson is the second largest metals service center in North
America with about 160 operating facilities.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

Climate Vulnerability Signals

The results of its Climate.VS screener did not indicate an elevated
risk for Ryerson Holding Corporation.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt             Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------             ------           --------   -----
Joseph T. Ryerson
& Son, Inc.     

                     LT IDR BB   Affirmed              BB
   senior secured    LT     BBB- Affirmed    RR1       BBB-

Ryerson Holding
Corporation     

                     LT IDR BB   Affirmed              BB


SAKS GLOBAL: Retains Ernst & Young as Valuation Services Provider
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Saks Global Enterprises LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division to
retain Ernst & Young LLP to serve as tax, consulting, accounting,
and valuation services provider in its Chapter 11 cases.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) assist the Debtors with general and technical accounting
matters, including tax accounting support, financial reporting, and
preparation of financial statements and accounting policies in
connection with Chapter 11 proceedings and fresh-start accounting
under ASC 852;

(b) provide valuation services, including impairment testing
support, fair value recommendations for reporting units and
intangible assets, and assistance with third-party valuation
analysis;

(c) provide tax ROCA advisory services, including responses to tax
technical questions, preparation of technical memos, transactional
tax support, and assistance with tax authorities;

(d) prepare tax compliance filings including Forms 1065, 1120-F,
5471, 8858, 8865, and various state and international tax returns
for multiple entities; and

(e) provide financial due diligence services including preparation
of a diligence databook, financial analysis, evaluation of cost
structure and profitability, and historical financial trend
analysis and reconciliation.

EY LLP's compensation includes hourly rates ranging from $225 to
$850 depending on professional level, a fixed fee of $46,120 for
certain tax compliance services, and an estimated range of $263,461
to $390,782 for additional compliance services, plus reimbursement
of expenses.

EY LLP is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of Section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code and does not hold or represent an
interest adverse to the Debtors’ estates, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Ernst & Young LLP
1 Manhattan West
New York, NY 10001
Telephone: (212) 773-3000

                                           About Saks Global
Enterprises LLC

Saks Global is the largest multi-brand luxury retailer in the
world, comprising Saks Fifth Avenue, Neiman Marcus, Bergdorf
Goodman, Saks OFF 5TH, Last Call and Horchow. Its retail portfolio
includes 70 full-line luxury locations, additional off-price
locations and five distinct e-commerce experiences. With talented
colleagues focused on delivering on our strategic vision, The Art
of You, Saks Global is redefining luxury shopping by offering each
customer a personalized experience that is unmistakably their own.
By leveraging the most comprehensive luxury customer data platform
in North America, cutting-edge technology, and strong partnerships
with the world's most esteemed brands, Saks Global is shaping the
future of luxury retail.

Saks Global Properties & Investments includes Saks Fifth Avenue and
Neiman Marcus flagship properties and represents nearly 13 million
square feet of prime U.S. real estate holdings and investments in
luxury markets.

On Jan. 13, 2026, and Jan. 14, 2026, Saks Global Enterprises, LLC
and 112 affiliated debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief
under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.
Texas Lead Case No. 26-90103). The jointly administered cases are
pending before the Honorable Alfredo R. Perez.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP and Haynes and Boone, LLP are serving
as legal counsel, PJT Partners LP is serving as an investment
banker, Berkeley Research Group is serving as the financial
advisor, and C Street Advisory Group is serving as a strategic
communications advisor to the Company. Stretto is the claim agent.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP is serving as legal
counsel, Lazard Freres & Co, LLC is serving as investment banker,
FTI Consulting, Inc. is serving as financial advisor, and Kekst and
Company, Inc., is serving as a strategic communications advisor to
an ad hoc group of debt holders. Hilco Global Professional
Services, LLC, is the real property advisor to the Ad Hoc Group.

Bank of America, N.A., is the administrative agent and collateral
agent under the $1.5 billion asset-based revolving credit
facility.

U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, is the
administrative agent and collateral agent under the $2.56 billion
SGUS DIP Facility, a term loan facility with new money and roll-up
components. U.S. Bank is also the agent under the $1.75 billion
OpCo DIP Facility, a term loan facility to be used for refinancing
existing debt.

Barclays Bank, PLC serves as the fronting lender of the SGUS First
Out DIP Loans.  It is advised by Dentons US LLP.

Otterbourg P.C., Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, and Norton Rose
Fulbright US LLP serves as counsel to the ABL DIP Agent; M3
Advisory Partners, LP, is the financial advisor to the ABL DIP
Agent; and Great American serves as its inventory valuation
consultant.

Seward & Kissel LLP serves as counsel to the SGUS DIP Agent.

On January 27, 2026, the U.S. Trustee for Region 7 appointed an
official committee to represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors'
Chapter 11 cases.


SEALED AIR: Moody's Withdraws 'Ba1' CFR Following CD&R Deal
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has withdrawn the ratings of Sealed Air
Corporation, including its Ba1 corporate family rating, Ba1-PD
probability of default rating, and SGL-1 speculative grade
liquidity rating (SGL) following the completion of the company's
acquisition by CD&R and the repayment or extinguishment of the
majority of its rated debt. Concurrently, Moody's have withdrawn
the ratings on most of Sealed Air Corporation's outstanding rated
debt instruments (except the senior unsecured notes due 2033), the
Baa2 senior secured bank credit facility ratings, and the Baa2
rating on Sealed Air Limited's senior secured term loan A.
Previously the CFR, PDR, and senior secured bank credit facility
ratings were on review for downgrade. The outlook prior to the
withdrawal was rating under review.

At the same time, Moody's have downgraded Sword Purchaser, LLC's
$450 million senior unsecured notes due 2033 to B1 from Ba2,
previously under review for downgrade and issued by Sealed Air
Corporation. While these notes are issued out of Sealed Air
Corporation, they now benefit from the same security, equally and
ratably, as Sword Purchaser, LLC's B1 rated senior secured notes
and senior secured credit facilities, and rank pari passu.

Sword Purchaser, LLC's ratings including the B1 corporate family
rating, B1 senior secured notes and bank credit facilities ratings
and B3 senior unsecured notes rating are unaffected by the rating
action.

These rating actions conclude Moody's reviews for downgrade
initiated on November 19, 2025 with regard to the November 17, 2025
announcement that Sealed Air entered into a definitive agreement to
be acquired by funds affiliated with CD&R. Furthermore, the rating
withdrawals reflect the repayment, cancellation, or assumption of
the affected obligations in connection with the transaction and
Moody's determinations that the withdrawn ratings are no longer
relevant.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B1 rating on the $450 million senior unsecured notes due 2033
and issued by Sealed Air Corporation reflects that the 2033 notes
are now secured, equally and ratably, with the B1 rated senior
secured debt of Sword Purchaser, LLC.

Sealed Air Corporation was purchased by CD&R in April 2026. Upon
closing of the transaction and repayment of outstanding Sealed Air
Corporation debt, Moody's are now withdrawing all ratings
pertaining to Sealed Air Corporation except for the existing 2033
senior unsecured notes that have been rolled into the capital
structure of the acquiring entity, Sword Purchaser, LLC.  The 2033
notes benefit from the same subsidiary guarantees as the Sword
Purchaser, LLC issued debt. However, there is not a downstream
parent guarantee from Sword Purchaser, LLC.  

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that Sword
Purchaser will generate material amounts of free cash flow,
maintain good liquidity and will focus on debt reduction, bringing
leverage down toward 6x debt/EBITDA in the next 12-18 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Moody's could upgrade the ratings if debt-to-EBITDA is sustained
well below 5.0x and free cash flow generation is applied towards
material debt reduction.  Other upgrade considerations include
preservation of good liquidity and a reduction in private ownership
and influence, including predictable financial policies regarding
capital deployment.

Moody's could downgrade the ratings if debt-to-EBITDA remains above
6.0x and EBITDA-to-interest expense below 2.5x.  Other
considerations include a deteriorating liquidity profile, negative
free cash flow and aggressive acquisitions or shareholder return
initiatives.

COMPANY PROFILE

Headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina, Sword Purchaser, LLC
(d/b/a Sealed Air),is a global manufacturer of automated packaging
equipment services and sustainable materials for various food,
e-commerce, and industrial applications. The company reported
revenue of $5.4 billion in 2025. Sword Purchaser, LLC is the
holding company and Sealed Air Corporation is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Sword Purchaser, LLC.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Packaging
Manufacturers: Metal, Glass and Plastic Containers published in
December 2025.


SONOMA PHARMACEUTICALS: Signs Kenvue Supply Agreement
-----------------------------------------------------
Sonoma Pharmaceuticals Inc. entered into a manufacturing and supply
agreement with Kenvue Brands LLC for Microcyn technology-based
products in the United States, according to a Form 8-K filing with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The agreement covers the manufacture and supply of products based
on Sonoma's Microcyn technology. It is effective from Oct. 24,
2026, through March 2027, with up to two additional one-year terms
if both companies agree in writing.

Kenvue Brands LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the
buyer under the agreement. Sonoma Pharmaceuticals is the
manufacturer.

The agreement defines the territory as the United States, its
possessions and territories. It also outlines provisions for
product specifications, raw materials, transportation costs,
regulatory approvals, quality standards and current good
manufacturing practices.

Products covered by the agreement must be manufactured and packaged
according to agreed specifications and quality requirements.

A full-text copy of the Agreement is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1367083/000168316826002761/sonoma_ex1001.htm

                     About Sonoma Pharmaceuticals

Sonoma Pharmaceuticals Inc. is a Boulder, Colorado-based health
care company that develops and produces stabilized hypochlorous
acid products for wound care, eye care, oral care, dermatology,
podiatry, animal health care and disinfectant uses. The company was
incorporated in 1999 as Micromed Laboratories Inc. and later
changed its name to Sonoma Pharmaceuticals Inc. in 2016.

In a June 17, 2025, audit report, Frazier & Deeter LLC issued a
going concern qualification, citing significant losses, negative
operating cash flows and the need for additional funding.

As of Dec. 31, 2025, Sonoma reported $13.62 million in total
assets, $10.19 million in total liabilities and $3.43 million in
total stockholders' equity.

The company said in its quarterly report for the period ended Dec.
31, 2025, it may seek additional capital through public or private
equity offerings, debt financings, corporate collaborations or
other means. It added there is no assurance that financing will be
available on commercially acceptable terms.



SQA MAHADEV: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until June 10
-----------------------------------------------------------------
SQA Mahadev, LLC got the green light from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of Tennessee, Western Division, to use
cash collateral.

At the recently held hearing, the court authorized the Debtor's
interim use of cash collateral to fund operations through June 10.

The Debtor operates a hotel and convention center business, which
relies heavily on daily cash flow generated from room rentals and
event bookings.

The Debtor's cash collateral includes rental income from hotel
rooms and convention center events, which Bank of Texas claims as
collateral under a security interest in those proceeds. The
validity, extent, and enforceability of the Bank of Texas's liens
have not yet been fully reviewed.

Bank of Texas is protected through replacement liens and
substantial equity in the collateral, according to the Debtor.

                        About SQA Mahadev LLC

SQA Mahadev, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tenn. Case No. 26-21282) on March 6,
2026, with between $1 million and $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Denise E. Barnett handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by John Edward Dunlap, Esq., at The Law
Office of John E. Dunlap.       

State Bank of Texas, as lender, is represented by Michael P. Coury,
Esq., at Glanker Brown, PLLC.


START TO FINISH: Taps Cunningham Chernicoff & Warshawsky as Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Start to Finish Installations, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania to hire
Cunningham, Chernicoff & Warshawsky, P.C. to serve as counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) give the Debtor legal advice regarding its powers and duties
as Debtor-in-Possession in the continued operation of its business
and management of its property;

(b) prepare and file on behalf of the Debtor, as
Debtor-in-Possession, the original Petition and Schedules, and all
necessary applications, complaints, answers, orders, reports and
other legal papers; and

(c) perform all other legal services for the Debtor, as
Debtor-in-Possession, which may be necessary.

The firm will receive compensation based on standard hourly billing
rates:

          $500 for Robert E. Chernicoff
          $450 to $500 for partners
          $225 to $450 for associate attorneys, and
          $100 to $175 for paralegals.

The Debtor paid $5,617.50 prior to filing, plus a $1,738.00 filing
fee, and provided a pre-petition retainer of $4,382.50.

Cunningham, Chernicoff & Warshawsky, P.C. is a "disinterested
person" and has no connection with the Debtor or its creditors,
according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Robert E. Chernicoff, Esq.
CUNNINGHAM, CHERNICOFF & WARSHAWSKY, P.C.
2320 North Second Street
P. O. Box 60457
Harrisburg, PA 17106-0457
Telephone: (717) 238-6570

                                About Start to Finish
Installations, LLC

Start to Finish Installations LLC is a corporation with 1-49
creditors. It operates as a small business with debts primarily
related to business activities and is classified under "Other" for
its nature of business.

Start to Finish Installations, LLC sought protection under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Pa. Case No. 4:26-bk-01055) on
Apr 17, 2026.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$100,001 to $500,000 and liabilities of between $500,001 to $1
million.

Cunningham, Chernicoff & Warshawsky, P.C. is Debtor's legal
counsel.


SUPERNOVA MANAGEMENT: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------------
SuperNova Management, Inc. and affiliates received interim approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas,
Houston Division, to use cash collateral to fund operations.

Under the interim order, the Debtors are authorized to use cash
collateral in accordance with an approved budget until the final
hearing scheduled for May 18.

The Debtors' cash collateral is subject to security interests held
by several lenders, including financial institutions and funding
entities with liens on their assets such as inventory, accounts and
real property.

As adequate protection, lenders retain the same liens and security
interests they held prior to the Debtors' bankruptcy filing on
post-petition cash collateral and its proceeds.

Additionally, the Debtors must maintain insurance coverage on all
collateral and provide budget reconciliations and updated financial
projections if requested by any lender. The Debtors must also keep
collateral free from new liens, except certain permitted
obligations like taxes. However, the Debtors are not restricted
from seeking additional financing under Bankruptcy Code section
364.

The interim order establishes a carveout, giving priority payment
for court fees, U.S. Trustee fees, and professional fees.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/pmJvm from PacerMonitor.com.

                  About SuperNova Management Inc.

SuperNova Management, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 26-32616) on
April 14, 2026. In the petition signed by Martin Abrahams, manager,
the Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to $10 million
in liabilities.

Judge Eduardo V. Rodriguez oversees the case.

Reese Baker, Esq., at Baker & Associates, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


TASTE OF BELGIUM: Employs Howard Nunn & Bloom as CPA
----------------------------------------------------
Taste of Belgium at the Banks, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Ohio to employ
Howard, Nunn & Bloom, Inc. as its certified public accountant.

The firm will provide these services:

  (a) prepare financial statements;

  (b) prepare monthly operating reports;

  (c) prepare tax returns; and

  (d) assist in preparing monthly operating statements and
financial reports.

The firm's discounted rates for this engagement are $275/hour for
partner, $235/hour for manager and
$210/hour for senior associate.

The firm also requires a $2,500 upfront retainer. Hours will be
tracked weekly and fees reduced against this retainer.

Howard, Nunn & Bloom, Inc. is represented in court filings as a
disinterested professional within the meaning of Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code, with no adverse interests to the Debtor’s
estate or other parties in interest.

The firm can be reached at:

Bryan Bloom
HOWARD, NUNN & BLOOM, INC.
7655 Five Mile Road, Suite 115
Cincinnati, OH 45230

                               About Taste of Belgium at the Banks,
LLC

Taste of Belgium at the Banks, LLC operates a Belgian-inspired
brasserie in Cincinnati, Ohio, offering brunch, lunch, and dinner
with a focus on European-style dishes including waffles, mussels,
and a selection of beers and cocktails. The Company serves
customers in its full-service dining area in the downtown "The
Banks" district, near major sports and entertainment venues, and is
part of the broader Taste of Belgium group, which operates multiple
restaurant locations in Ohio.

Taste of Belgium at the Banks, LLC sought protection under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ohio Case No. 26-10011) on
January 6, 2026.

At the time of the filing, the Debtor had estimated assets of
between $100,001 to $500,000 and liabilities of between $1,000,001
to $10 million.

Judge Beth A. Buchanan oversees the case.

Eric W. Goering, Esq. at Goering & Goering, LLC represents the
case.


TEAM SERVICES: Fitch Rates 1st Lien Instruments 'B'
---------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned TEAM Services Holding, Inc.'s (TEAM)
$250 million secured revolving credit facility, $700 million term
loan, and $675 million secured note final ratings of 'B' with
Recovery Ratings of 'RR4'. The final ratings reflect the closing of
the transactions with documentation that is in line with Fitch's
assumptions that drove the 'B'/'RR4' expected rating assignments in
January 2026.

TEAM's B Issuer Default Rating (IDR) reflects its relatively high
EBITDA leverage following the General Atlantic acquisition. Fitch
expects TEAM's good profitability metrics to support positive FCF
over the rating horizon, enabling the company to pursue additional
bolt-on M&A activity without raising significant debt.

Limited business line diversity and payor concentration with
Medicaid are relative credit weaknesses. These risks are partially
mitigated by TEAM's diversity across states and good long-term
growth potential, supported by favorable demographic trends and its
position as a lower-cost provider compared to institutional
settings.

Key Rating Drivers

Manageable Financial Structure: TEAM's EBITDA leverage (defined as
Fitch-adjusted EBITDA minus dividends to minorities/gross debt) was
5.4x following the close of the General Atlantic acquisition based
on EBITDA through the LTM ending Q3 2025. Fitch expects leverage to
decline to 5.0x at YE26 and could decline further to below 5.0x
thereafter depending on capital allocation. Fitch's forecast
incorporates the expectation that the company will use FCF to
pursue acquisitions rather than voluntarily reduce debt. EBITDA
contributions from forecasted acquired entities and improving
operating leverage support deleveraging modestly through EBITDA
growth.

Medicaid Reimbursement Uncertainty: TEAM's business is exposed to
changes in federal Medicaid funding. The Congressional Budget
Office (CBO) expects the recent U.S. tax and spending bill to lower
federal Medicaid funding by over $1 trillion over the next 10
years. About 89% of company EBITDA is generated from public payors,
the vast majority of which are from Medicaid or Medicaid Managed
Care Organization (MCO) payors. Fitch assumes Medicaid funding
changes could modestly pressure gross margins over the next several
years if pressure on state Medicaid budgets causes reimbursement to
under-pace wage inflation.

Fitch's rating case forecast incorporates this risk by assuming
gross margins decline, driving EBITDA margins toward 10% beyond
FY26 versus 11.0% in its FY26 forecast. Fitch's rating case does
not assume that states cut optional personal care services (PCS)
program coverage, and Fitch would revisit its assumptions if that
occurs. Changes to state-level coverage in large states like New
York and California would affect credit metrics and could pressure
ratings. Reimbursement risks are partially mitigated by TEAM's
presence in 34 states and position as a lower-cost provider
compared to institutional settings, incentivizing states to
maintain reimbursement growth and coverage.

Weak Payor Mix and Diversification: Substantially all company
revenues are generated from known caregiver PCS. This concentration
exposes the company to risk associated with payor concentration and
external factors that drive market demand. TEAM's largest
individual payor comprises 12% of revenue, but Fitch considers the
high proportion of Medicaid and MCO payor sources (comprising about
89% of EBITDA) concentrated. Risks associated with payor
concentration are partially mitigated by its position as a low-cost
provider, demographic tailwinds, and some exposure to private
payors (11% of EBITDA).

Well Positioned for Growth: TEAM's credit profile benefits from its
position within the known caregiver PCS industry, which Fitch
expects will continue to grow. Growth is supported by demographic
trends (an aging population), TEAM's lower-cost position versus
nursing facilities and institutional settings, and increasing
consumer preference for at-home care. TEAM's organic revenue has
grown at a 16% CAGR since 2015, driven by patient volume increases
and improved reimbursement. Fitch expects the pace to moderate
primarily due to Medicaid funding pressures, though patient and
caregiver demand should remain strong.

Good Profitability and FCF: Fitch views TEAM's profitability
metrics as a relative credit strength and supportive of positive
FCF generation. Reported EBITDA margins have been around 10%, and
Fitch expects margins to remain in the 10%-11% range over the
rating horizon. FCF has historically been near breakeven, primarily
due to a high interest burden relative to reported EBITDA. A lower
relative interest burden under the new capital structure should
support positive FCF generation and provide financial flexibility
to pursue bolt-on M&A activity without raising significant debt.

Financial Flexibility and Policy: Fitch expects liquidity to remain
adequate over the rating horizon, supported by the $250 million
first lien senior secured revolver and approximately $25 million in
cash. Fitch expects EBITDA interest coverage to sustain in the
mid-2x range. FCF generation over the rating horizon should be
supportive of the liquidity position and be sufficient to make
required term loan amortization payments. Fitch anticipates that
the company will maintain a relatively high leverage tolerance
under General Atlantic ownership and pursue further bolt-on M&A in
lieu of material debt reduction over the rating horizon.

Parent and Subsidiary Linkage: Fitch applies the weaker parent,
stronger subsidiary path in its Parent and Subsidiary Linkage
Rating Criteria to derive IDRs for RMS Holding Company, LLC
(subsidiary) and TEAM Services Holding, Inc. (parent). Fitch views
the subsidiary as having the stronger credit profile, given it has
no outstanding debt and shares the parent's consolidated business
profile. Legal ring-fencing and access & control are open, because
both entities are within the same restricted group and the parent
directly owns the subsidiary. As a result, both entities are rated
at the parent's consolidated profile of 'B'.

Peer Analysis

TEAM's closest peer within Fitch's public U.S. healthcare provider
coverage is Aveanna Healthcare Holdings Inc. (Aveanna;
B-/Positive). TEAM and Aveanna are similarly exposed to Medicaid
reimbursement and operate at similar revenue and EBITDA scale. Both
issuers have similar profitability metrics and FCF generating
ability. Fitch expects TEAM to maintain slightly lower leverage, at
4.5x-5.0x versus Aveanna's 5.0x-5.5x over the rating horizons. TEAM
is slightly less diversified by business line and payor than
Aveanna, but TEAM's historically lower profitability volatility
partially mitigates this risk.

Higher-rated peers such as Universal Health Services, Inc.
(BB+/Stable), Tenet Healthcare Corporation (BB/Stable) and AMN
Healthcare Services, Inc. (BB/Negative) have stronger leverage
metrics and greater scale, better business line diversity, and
stronger geographic diversity than TEAM.

Fitch’s Key Rating-Case Assumptions

- Total pro forma revenue of about $2.4 billion in FY25 with
organic growth in the low- to mid-single digit percentages in FY26
through FY28, driven by continued patient census growth but
partially constrained by Fitch's expectation that Medicaid
reimbursement will slow in the later years of the forecast.

- Fitch-adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 11.0% in FY25 and
FY26. The rating case assumes EBITDA margins to decline to around
10.0%-10.5% in FY27-FY28 to account for potential Medicaid
reimbursement headwinds which could negatively impact gross
margins.

- FCF sustained in the 3%-5% of revenue range, primarily driven by
significant EBITDA improvement anticipated in the forecast versus
historic levels, when FCF was near breakeven.

- Bolt-on acquisition activity resuming in FY27, funded with FCF
and available liquidity.

Corporate Rating Tool Inputs and Scores

Fitch scored the issuer as follows, using its Corporate Rating Tool
(CRT) to produce the Standalone Credit Profile (SCP):

- Business and financial profile factors (assessment, relative
importance): Management (b+, Lower), Sector Characteristics (b,
Moderate), Market and Competitive Positioning (b-, Moderate),
Diversification and Asset Quality (bb-, Lower), Company Operational
Characteristics (b-, Higher), Profitability (bb-, Moderate),
Financial Structure (b+, Higher), and Financial Flexibility (bb-,
Moderate).

- The quantitative financial subfactors are based on custom CRT
financial period parameters: 20% weight for the forecast year 2025,
40% for the forecast year 2026 and 40% for the forecast year 2027.

- B+ to CC considerations apply in its analysis and result in no
adjustment.

- The Governance assessment of 'Good' results in no adjustment.

- The Operating Environment assessment of 'aa-' results in no
adjustment.

- The SCP is 'b'.

To derive the IDR:

- Application of Fitch's Parent Subsidiary Linkage Rating Criteria
results in a consolidated approach.

Recovery Analysis

- The recovery analysis assumes that TEAM Services Group would be
reorganized as a going-concern (GC) in bankruptcy rather than
liquidated.

- Fitch applies a $140 million GC EBITDA assumption and 6.0x
enterprise value (EV) multiple for a total EV of $840 million.
Recoverable value is reduced to $756 million, assuming 10%
administrative claims in bankruptcy.

- Fitch assumes that the $250 million first lien senior secured
revolver is fully drawn at the time of default.

GC EBITDA Rationale

Fitch applies a $140 million GC EBITDA assumption to the recovery
analysis, which reflects Fitch's view of a sustainable
post-reorganization EBITDA level upon which Fitch bases the EV. The
GC EBITDA assumption is below LTM 3Q25 Fitch EBITDA of $256
million. The decline in GC EBITDA versus LTM EBITDA reflects
assumed depletion of the current operating position that could
cause a level of distress to provoke a default plus a level of
corrective action assumed to occur during restructuring.

Fitch identifies heightened payment pressure from Medicaid funding
cuts, changes in state-level optional Medicaid coverage for PCS, or
competitive pressures as the most likely causes of operational
stress. In order to provoke default, these factors in combination
would likely drive EBITDA to levels below Fitch's $140 million GC
EBITDA estimate for a period leading up to default.

Fitch's GC EBITDA estimate assumes that corrective actions would
occur during a bankruptcy process, such as exiting underperforming
states where the company has limited scale or right sizing
corporate SG&A to levels appropriate to the pro forma footprint.
Fitch estimates that this would improve EBITDA from trough levels
but remain considerably below the long-term rating case forecast
levels, translating to Fitch's GC EBITDA estimate of $140 million.

EV Multiple Rationale

The GC multiple of 6.0x reflects the company's overall moderate
scale in a fragmented market and its capacity to generate average
EBITDA margins compared to healthcare provider peers. Strong
industry demand for at-home health services supports the distressed
multiple, but this is offset by the business's relatively limited
intangible value and low barriers to entry. The 6.0x GC EBITDA
multiple compares to the General Atlantic purchase price at
approximately 11.5x Fitch-adjusted EBITDA and historical bankruptcy
case study exit multiples for peer companies in the healthcare
industry of 6.3x.

Recovery Waterfall

The $250 million first lien senior secured revolver (assumed fully
drawn at the time of default), $700 million first lien senior
secured term loan, and $675 million of other first lien senior
secured debt rank pari passu and rank equally in right of payment.
The $756 million of recoverable value is distributed pro rata to
each instrument, translating to a 'RR4' Recovery Rating for the
first lien senior secured revolver and term loan.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Fitch's expectation that EBITDA leverage will be sustained above
5.5x;

- Fitch's expectation that EBITDA interest coverage will be
sustained below 2.0x;

- Fitch's expectation that FCF margins will be consistently
breakeven or lower;

- Greater-than-expected effects from Medicaid funding and
eligibility changes in the U.S. Tax and Spending Bill of 2025 that
reduce profitability and push credit metrics to Fitch's negative
sensitivity triggers.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Fitch's expectation that EBITDA leverage will be sustained below
4.5x, supported by clear indications from states, industry
participants, and/or management that Medicaid funding changes will
not significantly affect EBITDA generation, together with
sustainable deleveraging actions;

- Fitch's expectation that EBITDA interest coverage will be
sustained above 3.0x.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

TEAM has sufficient liquidity. Total cash was approximately $25
million following the close of the General Atlantic acquisition
with near full availability under its $250 million first lien
senior secured revolver expiring in 2031. Fitch expects liquidity
to remain adequate through the rating horizon, as modestly positive
FCF should support a stable liquidity profile. The company's term
loan and note will mature in 2033. Until then, debt due is limited
to $7 million of annual term loan amortization.

Issuer Profile

TEAM Services Holding, Inc. is a leading provider of PCS and
related household employment services (HES) via known caregivers
for seniors and individuals with disabilities.

Summary of Financial Adjustments

Fitch adjusted EBITDA to add back non-recurring and non-operational
expenses including transaction expenses, integration expenses, and
stock-based compensation to Fitch-adjusted EBITDA.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

Climate Vulnerability Signals

The results of its Climate.VS screener did not indicate an elevated
risk for TEAM Services Holding, Inc.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt            Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------            ------           --------   -----
TEAM Services
Holding, Inc.

   senior secured      LT B  New Rating     RR4       B(EXP)


TEMSCO INC: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------
Temsco, Inc. received interim approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Sherman Division, to use
cash collateral.

Under the interim order, the Debtor is authorized to use cash
collateral until the final hearing scheduled for May 12 to pay the
expenses set forth in its monthly budget (plus 15% per line item
and 15% overall).

The Debtor's cash collateral consists of funds that may be subject
to security interests held by the Internal Revenue Service and
Advantage Leasing Corporation, both of which claim liens on its
cash and accounts receivable.

As adequate protection for any diminution in value of their
collateral, both lenders will be granted replacement liens on and
security interests on post-petition assets of the Debtor
co-extensive with their pre-petition liens.

The order is available at https://is.gd/neeL40 from
PacerMonitor.com.

Advantage Leasing is represented by:

   Mark W. Stout, Esq.
   Owen C. Babcock, Esq.
   Jessica N. Alt, Esq.
   Padfield & Stout, LLP
   100 Throckmorton Street, Suite 700
   Fort Worth, TX 76102
   Phone: 817-338-1616
   Fax: 817-338-1610
   abp@padfieldstout.com  
   obabcock@padfieldstout.com
   jalt@padfieldstout.com

                         About Temsco Inc.

Temsco, Inc. is a Texas-based corporation that provides energy
management solutions for commercial buildings.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 26-41319) on April 15,
2026. In the petition signed by Mitchell Cook, president, the
Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Joyce Lindauer, Esq., at Joyce W. Lindauer Attorney, PLLC,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


TEMSCO INC: Seeks Approval to Hire Lindauer & Vaughn as Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------------
TEMSCO, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Texas to hire Joyce W. Lindauer of Lindauer &
Vaughn to serve as legal counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) analysis of the debtor' s financial situation, and rendering
advice to the debtor in determining whether to file a petition in
bankruptcy;

(b) preparation and filing of any petition, schedules, statements
of affairs and plan which may be required; and

(c) representation of the debtor at the meeting of creditors and
confirmation hearing, and any adjourned hearings thereof;

The firm will be paid at these hourly rates:

            Joyce W. Lindauer            $625
            Paul B. Geilich              $595
            paralegals                   $250

The firm has been paid a retainer of $16,738, which includes the
filing fee of $1,738.

Lindauer & Vaughn is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Joyce W. Lindauer, Esq.
Paul B. Geilich, Esq.
LINDAUER & VAUGHN
117 S. Dallas St.
Ennis, TX 75119
Telephone: (972) 503-4033
Facsimile: (972) 503-4034

                            About TEMSCO, Inc.

TEMSCO, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. E.D. Tex. Case No. 26-41319) on April 15, 2026.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$1,000,001 and $10 million and liabilities of between $1,000,001
and $10 million.

Lindauer & Vaughn is Debtor's legal counsel.


TRIPLE STICKS: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------------
Triple Sticks Foods, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Illinois for authority to use cash collateral
and provide adequate protection.

The Debtor needs to use its cash collateral -- primarily accounts
receivable -- to continue operating its food manufacturing and
supply business while it restructures or pursues a sale of its
assets.

Triple Sticks Foods remains in control of its operations as a
debtor-in-possession and aims to maintain business continuity,
fulfill existing orders, complete ongoing production, and
ultimately maximize value for creditors through a potential
going-concern sale.

The Debtor listed the U.S. Small Business Administration and
several merchant cash advance lenders as entities with potential
security interests in its receivables.

The SBA is owed approximately $385,880 and holds a lien on
pre-petition receivables (as well as inventory and equipment) while
the MCA lenders are owed about $129,500 and may also claim liens on
receivables. Despite these obligations, the Debtor asserts that
these creditors are oversecured, as the value of receivables
(approximately $585,000) exceeds the total secured debt, and
additional receivables are expected to be generated through ongoing
operations.

To protect these creditors' interests, the Debtor offers monthly
interest payments to the SBA and replacement liens on post-petition
receivables. Meanwhile, MCA lenders are protected by an existing
equity cushion.

The use of cash collateral would continue until key milestones
occur such as dismissal of the Debtor's Chapter 11 case, conversion
to Chapter 7, confirmation of a reorganization plan, or completion
of a sale of substantially all assets.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=0zno0H
from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Triple Sticks Foods LLC

Triple Sticks Foods, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ill. Case No. 26-30341-mel) on
April 16, 2026. In the petition signed by Joseph Trover, principal,
the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Mary E. Lopinot oversees the case.

Eric C. Peterson, Esq., at Spencer Fane, LLP and Dawi Consulting,
LLC serve as the Debtor's legal counsel and financial advisor,
respectively.


TRM NRE: Deadline for Panel Questionnaires Set for May 1
--------------------------------------------------------
The United States Trustee is soliciting members for committee of
unsecured creditors in the bankruptcy cases of TRM NRE Holding LLC,
et al.
       
If a party wishes to be considered for membership on any official
committee that is appointed, it must complete a questionnaire
available at https://tinyurl.com/3s3y4d38 and return by email it to
Linda Casey --  Linda.Casey@usdoj.gov –- at the Office of the
United States Trustee so that it is received no than Friday, May 1,
2026 at 4:00 p.m. (E.T.).
       
If the U.S. Trustee receives sufficient creditor interest in the
solicitation, it may schedule a meeting or telephone conference for
the purpose of forming a committee.

                            About TRM NRE

TRM NRE is a Mt. Vernon, Illinois-based company that supplies new,
used, and remanufactured locomotives and provides locomotive,
diesel engine, rail, marine, and power-related services. The
company offers leasing, field services, parts, salvage operations,
overhauls, wreck repairs, and locomotive design, manufacturing, and
re-engineering. It also provides marine and industrial diesel
engine sales and service, automation and control services, and
engine generator set and equipment sales. TRM NRE serves Class 1,
regional, short line, government, and industrial railroads, along
with OEMs, leasing companies, marine and industrial power
customers, gas and oil platforms, and stationary power users.

TRM NRE Holding LLC and TRM NRE Acquisition LLC filed voluntary
petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del., Case No 26-10568) on April 21, 2026.  The
petitions were signed by Shaun Karn as authorized signatory.  Each
Debtor reported estimated assets of $10 million to $50 million and
estimated liabilities of $10 million to $50 million.

The Hon. Karen B. Owens presides over the cases.

The Debtors are represented by DLA Piper LLP.  Bayard, P.A. serves
as bankruptcy co-counsel to the Debtors.  Stretto, Inc. is the
Debtors' claims and noticing agent.  


TROYZ TOWING: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------
Troyz Towing & Storage, Inc. received second interim approval from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida to use
cash collateral.

The Debtor is permitted to use such funds to cover court-approved
expenses, U.S. Trustee fees, and necessary operating costs outlined
in an approved budget, with up to a 10% variance per line item.
Additional expenditures may be allowed if approved by the secured
creditor (the U.S. Small Business Administration), and the
authorization remains in effect until further court order.

The Debtor projects total monthly operational expenses of
$77,146.95.

As adequate protection, the Debtor must make monthly payments of
$550 to the U.S. Small Business Administration, due on the first of
each month (considered late after the 10th). The SBA also retains
oversight rights, including access to the Debtor's books, records,
and premises upon reasonable notice. The Debtor must continue
fulfilling all obligations required under bankruptcy law.

The Court granted replacement liens to secured creditors, ensuring
their post-petition liens on cash collateral maintain the same
validity, priority, and enforceability as their prepetition liens
without requiring additional filings.

The Debtor is also required to maintain appropriate insurance
coverage on its assets in accordance with loan agreements.

The order preserves all rights of creditors and other parties,
including the ability to seek modified protections or challenge
liens.

A continued hearing is scheduled for August 10.

                     About Troyz Towing & Storage Inc.

Troyz Towing & Storage Inc., a company based in Jacksonville,
Florida, provides towing, roadside assistance, and vehicle storage
services. The Company operates 24/7 and offers light, medium, and
heavy-duty towing, flatbed transport, diesel truck repair, and
related automotive support. It serves the Jacksonville area through
its main facility on Old Kings Road.

Troyz Towing & Storage sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-02906)
on August 23, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported total
assets of $2,125,617 and total liabilities of $2,043,87.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Jason A. Burgess handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Rehan N. Khawaja, Esq., at Nassau
Bankruptcy Lawyers, P.A.


VANDERBILT MINERALS: Can't Retain Jones Day as Bankruptcy Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Wendy A. Kinsella of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of New York sustained the objection of the United
States Trustee to Vanderbilt Minerals, LLC's application to employ
Jones Day as proposed counsel under 11 U.S.C. Secs. 327(a) and 330
for the Debtor in the bankruptcy case. The Debtor's bid to hire
Jones Day is denied.

The United States Trustee and the Official  Committee of Unsecured
Creditors filed objections to the Jones Day Retention Application.
The timeline of events and current posture of the case are critical
to the analysis. Beginning in 2011, Jones Day represented R.T.
Vanderbilt Co. and subsequently assisted in a corporate
restructuring transaction that led RTVC to split into several
entities, including the Debtor and the Debtor's parent, R.T.
Vanderbilt Holding Company Inc.  After that restructuring, Jones
Day represented the Debtor, Holdings, and certain of its non-debtor
affiliates in connection with corporate and corporate governance
matters.

In addition to Jones Day's historic representation of Holdings and
its affiliates, the Firm represented those companies on two
specific projects leading up to the current filing.  In October
2024, the Firm was retained by the Debtor, Holdings and Vanderbilt
Chemicals, LLC in connection with a potential transfer of the
VEEGUM(R) processing facility from Chemicals to the Debtor. That
"restructuring of ownership of the VEEGUM(R) Facility" never
occurred. Thereafter, in the spring of 2025, Jones Day represented
the Debtor and various affiliates in a historical global netting
process -- Global Netting -- which resulted in a $127,292,745 due
from Holdings to the Debtor to be reconciled and offset against
other balances owed by the Debtor to various affiliates.

Throughout the time of its involvement with Jones Day, the Debtor
had been managing talc litigation and claims until a $12.5 million
verdict was rendered against it in August 2025.  In September 2025,
Jones Day was engaged by the Debtor as bankruptcy counsel and its
representation of Holdings and the non-debtor affiliates concluded.
At that time, the Debtor was facing more than 1,400 cases, with
over 150 cases scheduled for trial in 2026.

On February 16, 2026, a Settlement Motion was filed by Ben
Pickering, the Independent Manager and Sole Member of the
Independent Special Committee of the Debtor, who was engaged by the
Debtor to act as a fiduciary, with Katten Muchin Rosenblum LLC
serving as his counsel.  The Settlement Motion seeks approval of a
global settlement, wherein the Debtor gives broad releases of
certain intercompany claims against Holdings and other affiliates
in exchange for their transfer of various assets to the Debtor to
facilitate a sale of the Debtor's assets as a going concern under
section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Objections assert that in light of the timeline and Jones Day's
prior relationships with Holdings and the other non-debtor
affiliates, the Firm has extensive knowledge and bias about the
settlement and may have divided loyalties, thereby disqualifying
the Firm from representing the Debtor under section 327(a).  The
UST contends the appearance of a conflict is undeniable given the
prior relationship Jones Day had with Holdings.

The UCC also objects to the Debtor's retention of Jones Day as
counsel, sharing the same concerns of the UST. Arguing that the
receipt of releases for Holdings is a (if not the) central
objective of this bankruptcy, the UCC alleges that Jones Day has a
current and ongoing conflict of interest as it was entangled in the
very matter that the Settlement Motion contemplates, and in which
the Debtor now finds itself directly adverse to Holdings. The UCC
further argues that the Firm's prior representation of Holdings
results in disqualification due to a lack of disinterestedness.

Jones Day counters that the Debtor is entitled to retain counsel of
its choice. It argues the Firm's representation of Holdings and the
non-debtor affiliates concluded September 1, 2025, and it has
represented only the Debtor since that time. Jones Day contends the
disinterestedness requirement only relates to the personal
interests of the proposed professional and prior representations do
not impact that analysis.  Therefore, its prior representation of
Holdings and the other settlement parties does not warrant
disqualification. Jones Day also clarified only the Debtor made
payments to the Firm in connection with this case. It maintains the
Retention Objections should be overruled.
According to Judge Kinsella, "Jones Day is so intertwined with the
Debtor's affiliates that it creates a clear appearance of
impropriety and divided loyalties. If retained as counsel, there
would be continuous doubts about whether Jones Day possessed a
predisposition that rendered a bias against the estate and whether
the Firm could carry out its fiduciary duty to maximize the
Debtor's recovery for the benefit of the estate and its creditors,
thereby undermining the Firm's ability to perform as faithful
bankruptcy counsel.  Indeed, approving the retention would
compromise the integrity of the bankruptcy process, which the Court
is not willing to do."

A copy of the Court's Memorandum Decision and Order dated April 27,
2026, is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=GNpfBs from
PacerMonitor.com.

                 About Vanderbilt Minerals LLC

Vanderbilt Minerals, LLC supplies mineral and chemical products.
The Company offers ceramics, clay binders, mineral fillers, floor
finishes, paints, concrete, and lubricants. Vanderbilt Minerals
serves rubber, plastics, petroleum, paper, pharmaceutical,
agricultural, ceramics, adhesives, wire and cable, and cosmetics
industries worldwide.

Vanderbilt Minerals sought sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 26-60110 (WAK)) on February
16, 2026)

Charles J. Sullivan at Bond, Schoeneck & King, PLLC represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.

Kurtzman Carson Consultants, LLC (operating as Verita Global, LLC)
serves as claims agent. R.T. Vanderbilt Holding Company, Inc. is
the sole equity holder, owning 100% of the company.


VC GB HOLDINGS: S&P Affirms 'B' ICR, Outlook Negative
-----------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B' issuer credit rating on VC GB
Holdings I Corp. (operating as Visual Comfort & Co.).

S&P said, "We also affirmed our 'B' issue-level rating on the
company's senior secured first-lien term loan, including the $100
million term loan add-on. The recovery rating remains '3',
reflecting our expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 50%) recovery in the event of a payment default.

"The negative outlook reflects the potential for a lower rating if
operating performance weakens due to ongoing macroeconomic
pressures or more aggressive financial policies such that we expect
it will sustain leverage above 6.5x.

"We expect Visual Comfort's performance will be pressured in the
first half of fiscal 2026. The company finished fiscal 2025 with
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA growth of 5% and solid cash flow
generation. As a result of the healthy profit expansion, S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage was lower than we previously expected at
about 6x but this was partly due to a timing benefit, as the
company raised prices in the second half of the year in response to
high tariffs. The company was negatively impacted in the first
quarter from supply chain disruptions and inventory shortages of
certain products stemming from the implementation of tariffs in
2025, as well as shipping disruptions following its recent ERP
implementation.

"We expect operating performance will be softer in the first half
of 2026 as the company sells through fully tariffed inventory and
demand remains challenged by unfavorable macroeconomic conditions,
including pressured consumer discretionary spending, high interest
rates, and subdued home remodeling and improvement expenditures."

The company could benefit after the U.S. Supreme Court ruled
tariffs imposed under the International Economic Emergency Powers
Act unlawful and the subsequent implementation of 10% tariffs under
section 122 of the Trade Act of 1974. However, the environment
remains highly uncertain and potential fallout from the conflict in
the Middle East, including higher oil prices that could increase
input and transportation costs and further pressure consumer
spending, is a key downside risk to our forecast.

S&P said, "We expect Visual Comfort will continue to prioritize
growth investments, including through acquisitions, under
financial-sponsor ownership. The company has been primarily growing
through same-store sales and by expanding its showroom footprint,
growing to 63 showrooms in 2025 from 25 showrooms in 2021. However,
it has also made small acquisitions in the past, and we believe it
will continue to add brands or incremental capabilities within
existing categories to drive long-term growth."

To that end, the company raised a $100 million add-on to fund the
acquisition of a UK-based decorative lighting brand. S&P's base
case assumes pro forma leverage will weaken to slightly above 6.5x
(from about 6x as of the end of fiscal 2025) in the first half of
2026, before modestly improving in the second half to the low-6x
area. However, credit measures could deteriorate if the company
fails to rectify its ERP implementation and supply chain
disruptions or demand weakens due to a worsening macroeconomic
environment caused by an escalating Middle East conflict.

S&P said, "We expect Visual Comfort will continue to generate
positive cash flow. Visual Comfort generated more than $75 million
in FOCF in fiscal 2025, in part because of a working capital
benefit due to a pause on inventory shipments following tariffs in
the middle of year. We expect free operating cash flow (FOCF) will
weaken in 2026 as the company looks to rebuild inventories of
now-higher-cost (tariffed) products. We also expect capital
expenditure (capex) to remain elevated, as it continues to invest
its showroom expansion. Nevertheless, we forecast FOCF will remain
positive in 2026 at about $15 million. We expect the company will
maintain sufficient liquidity as the company maintained an undrawn
asset-based revolver (ABL) and nearly $44 million in cash, pro
forma for the recently completed acquisition."

The negative outlook reflects the potential for a lower rating if
Visual Comfort's credit measures weaken because of pressured
operating performance or more aggressive financial policies.

S&P could lower its ratings over the next 12 months on the company
if we expect it will sustain leverage above 6.5x or negative FOCF.
This could occur if:

-- Transportation and input costs increase, potentially because of
a prolonged war in the Middle East, which the company cannot
mitigate;

-- Consumer demand softens due to weak macroeconomic conditions or
increased competition;

-- The company fails to rectify recent supply chain and ERP
implementation disruptions; or

-- The company pursues more aggressive growth investments or
engages in large, debt-financed acquisitions or shareholder
returns.

S&P could revise our outlook to stable if it expects Visual Comfort
will sustain leverage below 6.5x and positive FOCF. This could
occur if:

-- Consumer demand does not materially weaken in response to
still-soft macroeconomic conditions and the company's price
increase;

-- Conditions in the Middle East stabilize, with a muted impact on
the economic environment;

-- The company's price increases, supply chain shifts, and cost
reduction actions remain sufficient to offset tariffs; and

-- It sustains or grows market share.



VISTAGEN THERAPEUTICS: Grants Retention Options to Employees, Execs
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Vistagen Therapeutics Inc. approved retention stock option awards
for all employees, including five executives, on April 7, according
to a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The South San Francisco, California-based biopharmaceutical company
said the awards were approved by the compensation committee of its
board of directors in consultation with its independent
compensation consultant.

President and Chief Executive Officer Shawn K. Singh, Chief Legal
Officer Reid G. Adler, Chief Corporate Development Officer Elissa
S. Cote, Chief Operating Officer Joshua S. Prince and Chief
Financial Officer Nick B. Tressler each received options to buy up
to 75,000 shares of common stock.

The options were issued under Vistagen's amended and restated 2019
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and have an exercise price of 53.58
cents per share.

The company said 25% of the options will vest six months after the
April 7 grant date. The remaining options will vest in additional
25% installments every six months, becoming fully vested on the
two-year anniversary of the grant date.

                     About Vistagen Therapeutics Inc.

Vistagen Therapeutics Inc. is a late clinical-stage
biopharmaceutical company based in South San Francisco, California.
The company is developing intranasal product candidates called
pherines for neuroscience indications. Its most advanced candidate,
fasedienol, is being investigated in the PALISADE Program for the
acute treatment of social anxiety disorder.

KPMG LLP issued a going concern qualification in a June 17, 2025,
audit report, citing recurring losses, negative cash flows from
operations and an accumulated deficit that raised substantial doubt
about Vistagen's ability to continue as a going concern.

Vistagen reported a net loss of $51.42 million on $486,000 in total
revenue for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared with a net loss
of $29.36 million on $1.06 million in total revenue a year
earlier.

As of Dec. 31, 2025, Vistagen had $65.06 million in total assets,
$14.14 million in total liabilities and $50.92 million in total
stockholders' equity.


WABNO HOSPITALITIES: Wins Interim Cash Collateral Access
--------------------------------------------------------
The United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New
York, Poughkeepsie Division, issued a second interim order allowing
Wabno Hospitalities, Inc. to use cash collateral.

The Debtor is authorized to use cash collateral in the ordinary
course of business through May 20 in accordance with an attached
budget. This authorization is based on HVCU's consent, though the
creditor reserves its rights. The interim nature of the order means
further review is required before final approval.

As adequate protection, HVCU is granted replacement liens on the
Debtor’s postpetition assets, maintaining the same validity,
priority, and enforceability as its prepetition liens. These liens
cover assets such as real property, equipment, and rents, and
remain enforceable even in the event of case conversion or
dismissal.

Additionally, the Debtor must make an interim adequate protection
payment of $10,000 to HVCU by April 30.

The Court has scheduled a further hearing on May 19 to consider
continued or final authorization of cash collateral use.

                       About Wabno Hospitalities Inc.

Wabno Hospitalities, Inc., doing business as Newburgh Inn & Suites,
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. S.D. N.Y. Case No. 26-35202-kyp) on February 27, 2026. In
the petition signed by Asif Javaid, vice president, the Debtor
disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Kyu Young Paek oversees the case.

Michelle L. Trier, Esq., at Genova, Malin & Trier, LLP, represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.


WIDEOPENWEST FINANCE: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR, Outlook Negative
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B-' issuer credit rating on
U.S.-based cable overbuilder WideOpenWest Finance LLC (WOW). In
addition, S&P lowered the issue-level rating on WOW's first-lien,
second-out (FL2O) debt to 'B-' from 'B' and revised the recovery
rating on the debt to '3' from '2' due to the recent $125 million
add-on to its first-lien, first-out (FL1O) term loan due 2028. The
'3' recovery rating indicates our expectation for meaningful
(50%-70%) recovery in the event of payment default. At the same
time, S&P affirmed its 'B+' issue-level rating on the company's
FL1O debt. The recovery rating remains '1'.

The negative outlook reflects that we could lower our rating on WOW
if it experiences operational missteps related to its fiber
expansion and fails to improve its leverage over the intermediate
term such that we conclude its capital structure is unsustainable.

WOW will generate negative free operating cash flow (FOCF) over the
next few years because of elevated capital expenditure (capex) to
support fiber builds and network upgrades. Despite its expectation
for substantial FOCF deficits, S&P believes DigitalBridge
Investments LLC and Crestview Partners will likely support WOW with
capital infusions if the company is able to successfully execute
its capital investment strategy.

S&P said, "The affirmation reflects our expectation for ongoing
capital contributions from the sponsor. DigitalBridge and Crestview
have invested $397 million of equity into the business, most
recently with a $60 million cash infusion in the quarter ended
March 31, 2026. We believe the sponsors will continue to support
WOW with additional capital infusions over the near to intermediate
term if the company successfully executes its capital investment
strategy. The proceeds from WOW's recent $125 million add-on to its
FL1O term loan will also support near-term liquidity as it executes
its growth strategy. If WOW pulled back on its capital expansion
plans, FOCF would improve substantially over the near term.
However, we view these capital investments as the primary source of
the company's longer-term revenue growth and FOCF prospects.

"We expect FOCF to be negative through at least 2029 because of
elevated capex to support fiber builds and network upgrades. Our
base case assumes FOCF deficits widen to $250 million-$280 million
in 2026 from about $61 million in 2025 due to a roughly 55%
increase in capex on lower earnings. We expect capex to increase to
about $300 million in 2026 from about $194 million in 2025, as the
company targets 50,000-60,000 fiber passings in 2026. In 2027,
despite our forecast for earnings growth, we expect capex will
remain elevated, resulting in negative FOCF of $180 million-$200
million. We expect WOW will draw most of its $250 million revolver
over the next two years to offset anticipated FOCF deficits.

"We believe S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage will increase to
about 9x this year, up from 5.5x in 2025. In 2026, we expect
earnings to decline 30% primarily because of elevated nonrecurring
expenses including severance and integration costs driven by the
company's restructuring efforts following the take-private
transaction that closed on Dec. 31. 2025. In 2027, we believe
earnings will grow roughly 50% on considerably lower restructuring
costs and the continued realization of operational efficiencies,
such that leverage declines to the low-6x area. Longer term, we
believe the company potentially can generate healthy FOCF due to
improved operating leverage and as capex winds down, which should
result in further leverage reduction.

"The negative outlook reflects that we could lower our rating on
WOW if it experiences operational missteps related to its fiber
expansion and fails to improve its leverage over the intermediate
term, such that we conclude its capital structure is
unsustainable."

S&P could lower its rating on WOW if it concludes that its capital
structure is unsustainable or its liquidity deteriorates. This
could occur if:

-- have insufficient liquidity to support its future business
needs and financial commitments; or

-- The company is unable to expand its broadband customer base and
revenue, such that we do not believe it will deleverage and
generate positive FOCF over the longer term, which could
potentially hinder sponsor support and the company's ability to
refinance its 2028 debt maturities.

S&P could revise its outlook on WOW to stable if:

-- The company establishes a track record of meeting or exceeding
S&P's revenue and EBITDA expectations;

-- S&P believes there is a near-term path to breakeven FOCF; and

-- S&P believes the company will refinance its 2028 debt
maturities at rates that would not materially pressure FOCF.


                            *********

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., USA.
Randy Antoni, Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante,
Rousel Elaine Tumanda, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Psyche A. Castillon,
Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and
Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2026.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The single-user TCR subscription rate is $1,400 for six months
or $2,350 for twelve months, delivered via e-mail.  Additional
e-mail subscriptions for members of the same firm for the term
of the initial subscription or balance thereof are $25 each per
half-year or $50 annually.  For subscription information, contact
Peter A. Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***